redshift

package module
v1.44.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Apr 12, 2024 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 44 Imported by: 67

Documentation

Overview

Package redshift provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for Amazon Redshift.

Amazon Redshift Overview This is an interface reference for Amazon Redshift. It contains documentation for one of the programming or command line interfaces you can use to manage Amazon Redshift clusters. Note that Amazon Redshift is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces may require techniques, such as polling or asynchronous callback handlers, to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a change is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the next maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon Redshift cluster management interfaces, go to Using the Amazon Redshift Management Interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/using-aws-sdk.html) . Amazon Redshift manages all the work of setting up, operating, and scaling a data warehouse: provisioning capacity, monitoring and backing up the cluster, and applying patches and upgrades to the Amazon Redshift engine. You can focus on using your data to acquire new insights for your business and customers. If you are a first-time user of Amazon Redshift, we recommend that you begin by reading the Amazon Redshift Getting Started Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/gsg/getting-started.html) . If you are a database developer, the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/welcome.html) explains how to design, build, query, and maintain the databases that make up your data warehouse.

Index

Constants

View Source 
const ServiceAPIVersion = "2012-12-01"
View Source 
const ServiceID = "Redshift"

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver 

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver() *internalendpoints.Resolver

NewDefaultEndpointResolver constructs a new service endpoint resolver

func WithAPIOptions added in v1.0.0 

func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options)

WithAPIOptions returns a functional option for setting the Client's APIOptions option.

func WithEndpointResolver deprecated 

func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options)

Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead.

func WithEndpointResolverV2 added in v1.29.0 

func WithEndpointResolverV2(v EndpointResolverV2) func(*Options)

WithEndpointResolverV2 returns a functional option for setting the Client's EndpointResolverV2 option.

func WithSigV4SigningName added in v1.36.0 

func WithSigV4SigningName(name string) func(*Options)

WithSigV4SigningName applies an override to the authentication workflow to use the given signing name for SigV4-authenticated operations.

This is an advanced setting. The value here is FINAL, taking precedence over the resolved signing name from both auth scheme resolution and endpoint resolution.

func WithSigV4SigningRegion added in v1.36.0 

func WithSigV4SigningRegion(region string) func(*Options)

WithSigV4SigningRegion applies an override to the authentication workflow to use the given signing region for SigV4-authenticated operations.

This is an advanced setting. The value here is FINAL, taking precedence over the resolved signing region from both auth scheme resolution and endpoint resolution.

Types

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput 

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput struct {

	// A string representing the node identifier of the DC1 Reserved Node to be
	// exchanged.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedNodeId *string

	// The unique identifier of the DC2 Reserved Node offering to be used for the
	// exchange. You can obtain the value for the parameter by calling
	// GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetReservedNodeOfferingId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeOutput 

type AcceptReservedNodeExchangeOutput struct {

	//
	ExchangedReservedNode *types.ReservedNode

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AddPartnerInput added in v1.5.0 

type AddPartnerInput struct {

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the cluster.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccountId *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster that receives data from the partner.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartnerName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AddPartnerOutput added in v1.5.0 

type AddPartnerOutput struct {

	// The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
	PartnerName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateDataShareConsumerInput added in v1.10.0 

type AssociateDataShareConsumerInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare that the consumer is to use.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataShareArn *string

	// If set to true, allows write operations for a datashare.
	AllowWrites *bool

	// A value that specifies whether the datashare is associated with the entire
	// account.
	AssociateEntireAccount *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the consumer namespace associated with the
	// datashare.
	ConsumerArn *string

	// From a datashare consumer account, associates a datashare with all existing and
	// future namespaces in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
	ConsumerRegion *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AssociateDataShareConsumerOutput added in v1.10.0 

type AssociateDataShareConsumerOutput struct {

	// A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
	// accessible cluster.
	AllowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare that the consumer is to use.
	DataShareArn *string

	// A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between producer
	// and data consumers.
	DataShareAssociations []types.DataShareAssociation

	// The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
	ManagedBy *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer namespace.
	ProducerArn *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthResolverParameters added in v1.36.0 

type AuthResolverParameters struct {
	// The name of the operation being invoked.
	Operation string

	// The region in which the operation is being invoked.
	Region string
}

AuthResolverParameters contains the set of inputs necessary for auth scheme resolution.

type AuthSchemeResolver added in v1.36.0 

type AuthSchemeResolver interface {
	ResolveAuthSchemes(context.Context, *AuthResolverParameters) ([]*smithyauth.Option, error)
}

AuthSchemeResolver returns a set of possible authentication options for an operation.

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string

	// The IP range to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
	CIDRIP *string

	// The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string

	// The Amazon Web Services account number of the owner of the security group
	// specified by the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The Amazon Web Services Access
	// Key ID is not an acceptable value. Example: 111122223333
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Describes a security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroup *types.ClusterSecurityGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeDataShareInput added in v1.10.0 

type AuthorizeDataShareInput struct {

	// The identifier of the data consumer that is authorized to access the datashare.
	// This identifier is an Amazon Web Services account ID or a keyword, such as ADX.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConsumerIdentifier *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare namespace that producers are to
	// authorize sharing for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataShareArn *string

	// If set to true, allows write operations for a datashare.
	AllowWrites *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeDataShareOutput added in v1.10.0 

type AuthorizeDataShareOutput struct {

	// A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
	// accessible cluster.
	AllowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare that the consumer is to use.
	DataShareArn *string

	// A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between producer
	// and data consumers.
	DataShareAssociations []types.DataShareAssociation

	// The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
	ManagedBy *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer namespace.
	ProducerArn *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeEndpointAccessInput added in v1.3.0 

type AuthorizeEndpointAccessInput struct {

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID to grant access to.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Account *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster to grant access to.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The virtual private cloud (VPC) identifiers to grant access to.
	VpcIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeEndpointAccessOutput added in v1.3.0 

type AuthorizeEndpointAccessOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether all VPCs in the grantee account are allowed access to the
	// cluster.
	AllowedAllVPCs *bool

	// The VPCs allowed access to the cluster.
	AllowedVPCs []string

	// The time (UTC) when the authorization was created.
	AuthorizeTime *time.Time

	// The cluster identifier.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The status of the cluster.
	ClusterStatus *string

	// The number of Redshift-managed VPC endpoints created for the authorization.
	EndpointCount *int32

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the grantee of the cluster.
	Grantee *string

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the cluster owner.
	Grantor *string

	// The status of the authorization action.
	Status types.AuthorizationStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an endpoint authorization for authorizing Redshift-managed VPC endpoint access to a cluster across Amazon Web Services accounts.

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput 

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Web Services account authorized to restore the
	// specified snapshot. To share a snapshot with Amazon Web Services Support,
	// specify amazon-redshift-support.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccountWithRestoreAccess *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot to authorize access to.
	SnapshotArn *string

	// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from.
	//   - If the snapshot to access doesn't exist and the associated IAM policy
	//   doesn't allow access to all (*) snapshots - This parameter is required.
	//   Otherwise, permissions aren't available to check if the snapshot exists.
	//   - If the snapshot to access exists - This parameter isn't required. Redshift
	//   can retrieve the cluster identifier and use it to validate snapshot
	//   authorization.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string

	// The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput 

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *types.Snapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput 

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput struct {

	// A list of identifiers for the snapshots that you want to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Identifiers []types.DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsOutput 

type BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// A list of any errors returned.
	Errors []types.SnapshotErrorMessage

	// A list of the snapshot identifiers that were deleted.
	Resources []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput 

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput struct {

	// A list of snapshot identifiers you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotIdentifierList []string

	// A boolean value indicating whether to override an exception if the retention
	// period has passed.
	Force *bool

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If you specify the value
	// -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. The number must be either -1
	// or an integer between 1 and 3,653. If you decrease the manual snapshot retention
	// period from its current value, existing manual snapshots that fall outside of
	// the new retention period will return an error. If you want to suppress the
	// errors and delete the snapshots, use the force option.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsOutput 

type BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// A list of any errors returned.
	Errors []types.SnapshotErrorMessage

	// A list of the snapshots that were modified.
	Resources []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelResizeInput 

type CancelResizeInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the cluster that you want to cancel a resize
	// operation for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelResizeOutput 

type CancelResizeOutput struct {

	// The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, measured in
	// megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, this value shows the
	// average rate of the entire resize operation.
	AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64

	// The percent of data transferred from source cluster to target cluster.
	DataTransferProgressPercent *float64

	// The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began. After
	// the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual time, in
	// seconds, for the resize operation.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64

	// The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is
	// complete. This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and the
	// estimated amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize operation is
	// complete, this value will be 0.
	EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64

	// The names of tables that have been completely imported . Valid Values: List of
	// table names.
	ImportTablesCompleted []string

	// The names of tables that are being currently imported. Valid Values: List of
	// table names.
	ImportTablesInProgress []string

	// The names of tables that have not been yet imported. Valid Values: List of
	// table names
	ImportTablesNotStarted []string

	// An optional string to provide additional details about the resize action.
	Message *string

	// While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current amount
	// of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the resize operation
	// is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, in megabytes, on the
	// cluster, which may be more or less than TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the
	// estimated total amount of data before resize).
	ProgressInMegaBytes *int64

	// An enum with possible values of ClassicResize and ElasticResize . These values
	// describe the type of resize operation being performed.
	ResizeType *string

	// The status of the resize operation. Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED |
	// SUCCEEDED | CANCELLING
	Status *string

	// The cluster type after the resize operation is complete. Valid Values:
	// multi-node | single-node
	TargetClusterType *string

	// The type of encryption for the cluster after the resize is complete. Possible
	// values are KMS and None .
	TargetEncryptionType *string

	// The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete.
	TargetNodeType *string

	// The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation is
	// complete.
	TargetNumberOfNodes *int32

	// The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before the
	// resize operation began.
	TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes *int64

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.

type Client 

type Client struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Client provides the API client to make operations call for Amazon Redshift.

func New 

func New(options Options, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

New returns an initialized Client based on the functional options. Provide additional functional options to further configure the behavior of the client, such as changing the client's endpoint or adding custom middleware behavior.

func NewFromConfig 

func NewFromConfig(cfg aws.Config, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

NewFromConfig returns a new client from the provided config.

func (*Client) AcceptReservedNodeExchange 

func (c *Client) AcceptReservedNodeExchange(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptReservedNodeExchangeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptReservedNodeExchangeOutput, error)

Exchanges a DC1 Reserved Node for a DC2 Reserved Node with no changes to the configuration (term, payment type, or number of nodes) and no additional costs.

func (*Client) AddPartner added in v1.5.0 

func (c *Client) AddPartner(ctx context.Context, params *AddPartnerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddPartnerOutput, error)

Adds a partner integration to a cluster. This operation authorizes a partner to push status updates for the specified database. To complete the integration, you also set up the integration on the partner website.

func (*Client) AssociateDataShareConsumer added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) AssociateDataShareConsumer(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateDataShareConsumerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateDataShareConsumerOutput, error)

From a datashare consumer account, associates a datashare with the account (AssociateEntireAccount) or the specified namespace (ConsumerArn). If you make this association, the consumer can consume the datashare.

func (*Client) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. Depending on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on the Internet or an Amazon EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either a Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR)/Internet Protocol (IP) range or to an Amazon EC2 security group. You can add as many as 20 ingress rules to an Amazon Redshift security group. If you authorize access to an Amazon EC2 security group, specify EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId. The Amazon EC2 security group and Amazon Redshift cluster must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region. If you authorize access to a CIDR/IP address range, specify CIDRIP. For an overview of CIDR blocks, see the Wikipedia article on Classless Inter-Domain Routing (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) . You must also associate the security group with a cluster so that clients running on these IP addresses or the EC2 instance are authorized to connect to the cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to Working with Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) AuthorizeDataShare added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeDataShare(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeDataShareInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeDataShareOutput, error)

From a data producer account, authorizes the sharing of a datashare with one or more consumer accounts or managing entities. To authorize a datashare for a data consumer, the producer account must have the correct access permissions.

func (*Client) AuthorizeEndpointAccess added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeEndpointAccess(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeEndpointAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeEndpointAccessOutput, error)

Grants access to a cluster.

func (*Client) AuthorizeSnapshotAccess 

func (c *Client) AuthorizeSnapshotAccess(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput, error)

Authorizes the specified Amazon Web Services account to restore the specified snapshot. For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots 

func (c *Client) BatchDeleteClusterSnapshots(ctx context.Context, params *BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchDeleteClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)

Deletes a set of cluster snapshots.

func (*Client) BatchModifyClusterSnapshots 

func (c *Client) BatchModifyClusterSnapshots(ctx context.Context, params *BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchModifyClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)

Modifies the settings for a set of cluster snapshots.

func (*Client) CancelResize 

func (c *Client) CancelResize(ctx context.Context, params *CancelResizeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelResizeOutput, error)

Cancels a resize operation for a cluster.

func (*Client) CopyClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Client) CopyClusterSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CopyClusterSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Copies the specified automated cluster snapshot to a new manual cluster snapshot. The source must be an automated snapshot and it must be in the available state. When you delete a cluster, Amazon Redshift deletes any automated snapshots of the cluster. Also, when the retention period of the snapshot expires, Amazon Redshift automatically deletes it. If you want to keep an automated snapshot for a longer period, you can make a manual copy of the snapshot. Manual snapshots are retained until you delete them. For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) CreateAuthenticationProfile added in v1.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateAuthenticationProfile(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAuthenticationProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateAuthenticationProfileOutput, error)

Creates an authentication profile with the specified parameters.

func (*Client) CreateCluster 

func (c *Client) CreateCluster(ctx context.Context, params *CreateClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateClusterOutput, error)

Creates a new cluster with the specified parameters. To create a cluster in Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), you must provide a cluster subnet group name. The cluster subnet group identifies the subnets of your VPC that Amazon Redshift uses when creating the cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) CreateClusterParameterGroup 

func (c *Client) CreateClusterParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Creates an Amazon Redshift parameter group. Creating parameter groups is independent of creating clusters. You can associate a cluster with a parameter group when you create the cluster. You can also associate an existing cluster with a parameter group after the cluster is created by using ModifyCluster . Parameters in the parameter group define specific behavior that applies to the databases you create on the cluster. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) CreateClusterSecurityGroup 

func (c *Client) CreateClusterSecurityGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new Amazon Redshift security group. You use security groups to control access to non-VPC clusters. For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) CreateClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Client) CreateClusterSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CreateClusterSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in the available state. For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) CreateClusterSubnetGroup 

func (c *Client) CreateClusterSubnetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new Amazon Redshift subnet group. You must provide a list of one or more subnets in your existing Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) when creating Amazon Redshift subnet group. For information about subnet groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-cluster-subnet-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) CreateCustomDomainAssociation added in v1.28.0 

func (c *Client) CreateCustomDomainAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCustomDomainAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCustomDomainAssociationOutput, error)

Used to create a custom domain name for a cluster. Properties include the custom domain name, the cluster the custom domain is associated with, and the certificate Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

func (*Client) CreateEndpointAccess added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) CreateEndpointAccess(ctx context.Context, params *CreateEndpointAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateEndpointAccessOutput, error)

Creates a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.

func (*Client) CreateEventSubscription 

func (c *Client) CreateEventSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

Creates an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. This action requires an ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of an Amazon SNS topic created by either the Amazon Redshift console, the Amazon SNS console, or the Amazon SNS API. To obtain an ARN with Amazon SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console. You can specify the source type, and lists of Amazon Redshift source IDs, event categories, and event severities. Notifications will be sent for all events you want that match those criteria. For example, you can specify source type = cluster, source ID = my-cluster-1 and mycluster2, event categories = Availability, Backup, and severity = ERROR. The subscription will only send notifications for those ERROR events in the Availability and Backup categories for the specified clusters. If you specify both the source type and source IDs, such as source type = cluster and source identifier = my-cluster-1, notifications will be sent for all the cluster events for my-cluster-1. If you specify a source type but do not specify a source identifier, you will receive notice of the events for the objects of that type in your Amazon Web Services account. If you do not specify either the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated from all Amazon Redshift sources belonging to your Amazon Web Services account. You must specify a source type if you specify a source ID.

func (*Client) CreateHsmClientCertificate 

func (c *Client) CreateHsmClientCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput, error)

Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the client's HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used to encrypt the cluster databases. The command returns a public key, which you must store in the HSM. In addition to creating the HSM certificate, you must create an Amazon Redshift HSM configuration that provides a cluster the information needed to store and use encryption keys in the HSM. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html#working-with-HSM) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) CreateHsmConfiguration 

func (c *Client) CreateHsmConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *CreateHsmConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateHsmConfigurationOutput, error)

Creates an HSM configuration that contains the information required by an Amazon Redshift cluster to store and use database encryption keys in a Hardware Security Module (HSM). After creating the HSM configuration, you can specify it as a parameter when creating a cluster. The cluster will then store its encryption keys in the HSM. In addition to creating an HSM configuration, you must also create an HSM client certificate. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) CreateRedshiftIdcApplication added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) CreateRedshiftIdcApplication(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRedshiftIdcApplicationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRedshiftIdcApplicationOutput, error)

Creates an Amazon Redshift application for use with IAM Identity Center.

func (*Client) CreateScheduledAction 

func (c *Client) CreateScheduledAction(ctx context.Context, params *CreateScheduledActionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateScheduledActionOutput, error)

Creates a scheduled action. A scheduled action contains a schedule and an Amazon Redshift API action. For example, you can create a schedule of when to run the ResizeCluster API operation.

func (*Client) CreateSnapshotCopyGrant 

func (c *Client) CreateSnapshotCopyGrant(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error)

Creates a snapshot copy grant that permits Amazon Redshift to use an encrypted symmetric key from Key Management Service (KMS) to encrypt copied snapshots in a destination region. For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) CreateSnapshotSchedule 

func (c *Client) CreateSnapshotSchedule(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSnapshotScheduleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSnapshotScheduleOutput, error)

Create a snapshot schedule that can be associated to a cluster and which overrides the default system backup schedule.

func (*Client) CreateTags 

func (c *Client) CreateTags(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTagsOutput, error)

Adds tags to a cluster. A resource can have up to 50 tags. If you try to create more than 50 tags for a resource, you will receive an error and the attempt will fail. If you specify a key that already exists for the resource, the value for that key will be updated with the new value.

func (*Client) CreateUsageLimit 

func (c *Client) CreateUsageLimit(ctx context.Context, params *CreateUsageLimitInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateUsageLimitOutput, error)

Creates a usage limit for a specified Amazon Redshift feature on a cluster. The usage limit is identified by the returned usage limit identifier.

func (*Client) DeauthorizeDataShare added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) DeauthorizeDataShare(ctx context.Context, params *DeauthorizeDataShareInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeauthorizeDataShareOutput, error)

From a datashare producer account, removes authorization from the specified datashare.

func (*Client) DeleteAuthenticationProfile added in v1.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteAuthenticationProfile(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAuthenticationProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteAuthenticationProfileOutput, error)

Deletes an authentication profile.

func (*Client) DeleteCluster 

func (c *Client) DeleteCluster(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteClusterOutput, error)

Deletes a previously provisioned cluster without its final snapshot being created. A successful response from the web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use DescribeClusters to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete operation cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If you want to shut down the cluster and retain it for future use, set SkipFinalClusterSnapshot to false and specify a name for FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier. You can later restore this snapshot to resume using the cluster. If a final cluster snapshot is requested, the status of the cluster will be "final-snapshot" while the snapshot is being taken, then it's "deleting" once Amazon Redshift begins deleting the cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteClusterParameterGroup 

func (c *Client) DeleteClusterParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a specified Amazon Redshift parameter group. You cannot delete a parameter group if it is associated with a cluster.

func (*Client) DeleteClusterSecurityGroup 

func (c *Client) DeleteClusterSecurityGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error)

Deletes an Amazon Redshift security group. You cannot delete a security group that is associated with any clusters. You cannot delete the default security group. For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Client) DeleteClusterSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the available state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot. Unlike automated snapshots, manual snapshots are retained even after you delete your cluster. Amazon Redshift does not delete your manual snapshots. You must delete manual snapshot explicitly to avoid getting charged. If other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot, you must revoke all of the authorizations before you can delete the snapshot.

func (*Client) DeleteClusterSubnetGroup 

func (c *Client) DeleteClusterSubnetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error)

Deletes the specified cluster subnet group.

func (*Client) DeleteCustomDomainAssociation added in v1.28.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteCustomDomainAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCustomDomainAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteCustomDomainAssociationOutput, error)

Contains information about deleting a custom domain association for a cluster.

func (*Client) DeleteEndpointAccess added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteEndpointAccess(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteEndpointAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteEndpointAccessOutput, error)

Deletes a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.

func (*Client) DeleteEventSubscription 

func (c *Client) DeleteEventSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

Deletes an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.

func (*Client) DeleteHsmClientCertificate 

func (c *Client) DeleteHsmClientCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput, error)

Deletes the specified HSM client certificate.

func (*Client) DeleteHsmConfiguration 

func (c *Client) DeleteHsmConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.

func (*Client) DeletePartner added in v1.5.0 

func (c *Client) DeletePartner(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePartnerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePartnerOutput, error)

Deletes a partner integration from a cluster. Data can still flow to the cluster until the integration is deleted at the partner's website.

func (*Client) DeleteRedshiftIdcApplication added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteRedshiftIdcApplication(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRedshiftIdcApplicationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRedshiftIdcApplicationOutput, error)

Deletes an Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center application.

func (*Client) DeleteResourcePolicy added in v1.32.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteResourcePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteResourcePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteResourcePolicyOutput, error)

Deletes the resource policy for a specified resource.

func (*Client) DeleteScheduledAction 

func (c *Client) DeleteScheduledAction(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteScheduledActionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteScheduledActionOutput, error)

Deletes a scheduled action.

func (*Client) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant 

func (c *Client) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error)

Deletes the specified snapshot copy grant.

func (*Client) DeleteSnapshotSchedule 

func (c *Client) DeleteSnapshotSchedule(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSnapshotScheduleOutput, error)

Deletes a snapshot schedule.

func (*Client) DeleteTags 

func (c *Client) DeleteTags(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error)

Deletes tags from a resource. You must provide the ARN of the resource from which you want to delete the tag or tags.

func (*Client) DeleteUsageLimit 

func (c *Client) DeleteUsageLimit(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUsageLimitInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteUsageLimitOutput, error)

Deletes a usage limit from a cluster.

func (*Client) DescribeAccountAttributes 

func (c *Client) DescribeAccountAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error)

Returns a list of attributes attached to an account

func (*Client) DescribeAuthenticationProfiles added in v1.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeAuthenticationProfiles(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAuthenticationProfilesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAuthenticationProfilesOutput, error)

Describes an authentication profile.

func (*Client) DescribeClusterDbRevisions 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterDbRevisions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput, error)

Returns an array of ClusterDbRevision objects.

func (*Client) DescribeClusterParameterGroups 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterParameterGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error)

Returns a list of Amazon Redshift parameter groups, including parameter groups you created and the default parameter group. For each parameter group, the response includes the parameter group name, description, and parameter group family name. You can optionally specify a name to retrieve the description of a specific parameter group. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all parameter groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all parameter groups that have any combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, parameter groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

func (*Client) DescribeClusterParameters 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterParameters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterParametersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, error)

Returns a detailed list of parameters contained within the specified Amazon Redshift parameter group. For each parameter the response includes information such as parameter name, description, data type, value, whether the parameter value is modifiable, and so on. You can specify source filter to retrieve parameters of only specific type. For example, to retrieve parameters that were modified by a user action such as from ModifyClusterParameterGroup , you can specify source equal to user. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeClusterSecurityGroups 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterSecurityGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

Returns information about Amazon Redshift security groups. If the name of a security group is specified, the response will contain only information about only that security group. For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all security groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all security groups that have any combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, security groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

func (*Client) DescribeClusterSnapshots 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterSnapshots(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)

Returns one or more snapshot objects, which contain metadata about your cluster snapshots. By default, this operation returns information about all snapshots of all clusters that are owned by your Amazon Web Services account. No information is returned for snapshots owned by inactive Amazon Web Services accounts. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all snapshots that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all snapshots that have any combination of those values are returned. Only snapshots that you own are returned in the response; shared snapshots are not returned with the tag key and tag value request parameters. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, snapshots are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

func (*Client) DescribeClusterSubnetGroups 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterSubnetGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, error)

Returns one or more cluster subnet group objects, which contain metadata about your cluster subnet groups. By default, this operation returns information about all cluster subnet groups that are defined in your Amazon Web Services account. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all subnet groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all subnet groups that have any combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subnet groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

func (*Client) DescribeClusterTracks 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterTracks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterTracksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterTracksOutput, error)

Returns a list of all the available maintenance tracks.

func (*Client) DescribeClusterVersions 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusterVersions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, error)

Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more about the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeClusters 

func (c *Client) DescribeClusters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClustersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error)

Returns properties of provisioned clusters including general cluster properties, cluster database properties, maintenance and backup properties, and security and access properties. This operation supports pagination. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all clusters that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all clusters that have any combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, clusters are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

func (*Client) DescribeCustomDomainAssociations added in v1.28.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeCustomDomainAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsOutput, error)

Contains information about custom domain associations for a cluster.

func (*Client) DescribeDataShares added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDataShares(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDataSharesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDataSharesOutput, error)

Shows the status of any inbound or outbound datashares available in the specified account.

func (*Client) DescribeDataSharesForConsumer added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDataSharesForConsumer(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDataSharesForConsumerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDataSharesForConsumerOutput, error)

Returns a list of datashares where the account identifier being called is a consumer account identifier.

func (*Client) DescribeDataSharesForProducer added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeDataSharesForProducer(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDataSharesForProducerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDataSharesForProducerOutput, error)

Returns a list of datashares when the account identifier being called is a producer account identifier.

func (*Client) DescribeDefaultClusterParameters 

func (c *Client) DescribeDefaultClusterParameters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error)

Returns a list of parameter settings for the specified parameter group family. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeEndpointAccess added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEndpointAccess(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEndpointAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEndpointAccessOutput, error)

Describes a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.

func (*Client) DescribeEndpointAuthorization added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEndpointAuthorization(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEndpointAuthorizationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEndpointAuthorizationOutput, error)

Describes an endpoint authorization.

func (*Client) DescribeEventCategories 

func (c *Client) DescribeEventCategories(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error)

Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types, go to Amazon Redshift Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-event-notifications.html) .

func (*Client) DescribeEventSubscriptions 

func (c *Client) DescribeEventSubscriptions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error)

Lists descriptions of all the Amazon Redshift event notification subscriptions for a customer account. If you specify a subscription name, lists the description for that subscription. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all event notification subscriptions that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all subscriptions that have any combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subscriptions are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

func (*Client) DescribeEvents 

func (c *Client) DescribeEvents(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEventsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error)

Returns events related to clusters, security groups, snapshots, and parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular cluster, security group, snapshot or parameter group can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned.

func (*Client) DescribeHsmClientCertificates 

func (c *Client) DescribeHsmClientCertificates(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, error)

Returns information about the specified HSM client certificate. If no certificate ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM certificates owned by your Amazon Web Services account. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM client certificates that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all HSM client certificates that have any combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM client certificates are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

func (*Client) DescribeHsmConfigurations 

func (c *Client) DescribeHsmConfigurations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, error)

Returns information about the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. If no configuration ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM configurations owned by your Amazon Web Services account. If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM connections that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all HSM connections that have any combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM connections are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

func (*Client) DescribeInboundIntegrations added in v1.32.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeInboundIntegrations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInboundIntegrationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInboundIntegrationsOutput, error)

Returns a list of inbound integrations.

func (*Client) DescribeLoggingStatus 

func (c *Client) DescribeLoggingStatus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLoggingStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLoggingStatusOutput, error)

Describes whether information, such as queries and connection attempts, is being logged for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.

func (*Client) DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions 

func (c *Client) DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput, error)

Returns properties of possible node configurations such as node type, number of nodes, and disk usage for the specified action type.

func (*Client) DescribeOrderableClusterOptions 

func (c *Client) DescribeOrderableClusterOptions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, error)

Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new cluster you can use this operation to find what options are available, such as the EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific Amazon Web Services Region that you can specify, and the node types you can request. The node types differ by available storage, memory, CPU and price. With the cost involved you might want to obtain a list of cluster options in the specific region and specify values when creating a cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) DescribePartners added in v1.5.0 

func (c *Client) DescribePartners(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePartnersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePartnersOutput, error)

Returns information about the partner integrations defined for a cluster.

func (*Client) DescribeRedshiftIdcApplications added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeRedshiftIdcApplications(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsOutput, error)

Lists the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center applications.

func (*Client) DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus added in v1.16.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusOutput, error)

Returns exchange status details and associated metadata for a reserved-node exchange. Statuses include such values as in progress and requested.

func (*Client) DescribeReservedNodeOfferings 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedNodeOfferings(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, error)

Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you. These descriptions help you determine which reserve node offering you want to purchase. You then use the unique offering ID in you call to PurchaseReservedNodeOffering to reserve one or more nodes for your Amazon Redshift cluster. For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved Nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeReservedNodes 

func (c *Client) DescribeReservedNodes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedNodesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, error)

Returns the descriptions of the reserved nodes.

func (*Client) DescribeResize 

func (c *Client) DescribeResize(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeResizeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeResizeOutput, error)

Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified cluster. If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified cluster, a HTTP 404 error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated and completed, the status of the resize remains as SUCCEEDED until the next resize. A resize operation can be requested using ModifyCluster and specifying a different number or type of nodes for the cluster.

func (*Client) DescribeScheduledActions 

func (c *Client) DescribeScheduledActions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeScheduledActionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, error)

Describes properties of scheduled actions.

func (*Client) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants 

func (c *Client) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput, error)

Returns a list of snapshot copy grants owned by the Amazon Web Services account in the destination region. For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) DescribeSnapshotSchedules 

func (c *Client) DescribeSnapshotSchedules(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput, error)

Returns a list of snapshot schedules.

func (*Client) DescribeStorage 

func (c *Client) DescribeStorage(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeStorageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeStorageOutput, error)

Returns account level backups storage size and provisional storage.

func (*Client) DescribeTableRestoreStatus 

func (c *Client) DescribeTableRestoreStatus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput, error)

Lists the status of one or more table restore requests made using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API action. If you don't specify a value for the TableRestoreRequestId parameter, then DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of all table restore requests ordered by the date and time of the request in ascending order. Otherwise DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of the table specified by TableRestoreRequestId .

func (*Client) DescribeTags 

func (c *Client) DescribeTags(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error)

Returns a list of tags. You can return tags from a specific resource by specifying an ARN, or you can return all tags for a given type of resource, such as clusters, snapshots, and so on. The following are limitations for DescribeTags :

  • You cannot specify an ARN and a resource-type value together in the same request.
  • You cannot use the MaxRecords and Marker parameters together with the ARN parameter.
  • The MaxRecords parameter can be a range from 10 to 50 results to return in a request.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all resources that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all resources that have any combination of those values are returned. If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, resources are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

func (*Client) DescribeUsageLimits 

func (c *Client) DescribeUsageLimits(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeUsageLimitsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeUsageLimitsOutput, error)

Shows usage limits on a cluster. Results are filtered based on the combination of input usage limit identifier, cluster identifier, and feature type parameters:

  • If usage limit identifier, cluster identifier, and feature type are not provided, then all usage limit objects for the current account in the current region are returned.
  • If usage limit identifier is provided, then the corresponding usage limit object is returned.
  • If cluster identifier is provided, then all usage limit objects for the specified cluster are returned.
  • If cluster identifier and feature type are provided, then all usage limit objects for the combination of cluster and feature are returned.

func (*Client) DisableLogging 

func (c *Client) DisableLogging(ctx context.Context, params *DisableLoggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableLoggingOutput, error)

Stops logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.

func (*Client) DisableSnapshotCopy 

func (c *Client) DisableSnapshotCopy(ctx context.Context, params *DisableSnapshotCopyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableSnapshotCopyOutput, error)

Disables the automatic copying of snapshots from one region to another region for a specified cluster. If your cluster and its snapshots are encrypted using an encrypted symmetric key from Key Management Service, use DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant to delete the grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to the key in the destination region.

func (*Client) DisassociateDataShareConsumer added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) DisassociateDataShareConsumer(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateDataShareConsumerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateDataShareConsumerOutput, error)

From a datashare consumer account, remove association for the specified datashare.

func (*Client) EnableLogging 

func (c *Client) EnableLogging(ctx context.Context, params *EnableLoggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableLoggingOutput, error)

Starts logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.

func (*Client) EnableSnapshotCopy 

func (c *Client) EnableSnapshotCopy(ctx context.Context, params *EnableSnapshotCopyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableSnapshotCopyOutput, error)

Enables the automatic copy of snapshots from one region to another region for a specified cluster.

func (*Client) FailoverPrimaryCompute added in v1.35.0 

func (c *Client) FailoverPrimaryCompute(ctx context.Context, params *FailoverPrimaryComputeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*FailoverPrimaryComputeOutput, error)

Fails over the primary compute unit of the specified Multi-AZ cluster to another Availability Zone.

func (*Client) GetClusterCredentials 

func (c *Client) GetClusterCredentials(ctx context.Context, params *GetClusterCredentialsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetClusterCredentialsOutput, error)

Returns a database user name and temporary password with temporary authorization to log on to an Amazon Redshift database. The action returns the database user name prefixed with IAM: if AutoCreate is False or IAMA: if AutoCreate is True . You can optionally specify one or more database user groups that the user will join at log on. By default, the temporary credentials expire in 900 seconds. You can optionally specify a duration between 900 seconds (15 minutes) and 3600 seconds (60 minutes). For more information, see Using IAM Authentication to Generate Database User Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/generating-user-credentials.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. The Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role that runs GetClusterCredentials must have an IAM policy attached that allows access to all necessary actions and resources. For more information about permissions, see Resource Policies for GetClusterCredentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#redshift-policy-resources.getclustercredentials-resources) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If the DbGroups parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow the redshift:JoinGroup action with access to the listed dbgroups . In addition, if the AutoCreate parameter is set to True , then the policy must include the redshift:CreateClusterUser permission. If the DbName parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow access to the resource dbname for the specified database name.

func (*Client) GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM added in v1.25.0 

func (c *Client) GetClusterCredentialsWithIAM(ctx context.Context, params *GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMOutput, error)

Returns a database user name and temporary password with temporary authorization to log in to an Amazon Redshift database. The database user is mapped 1:1 to the source Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity. For more information about IAM identities, see IAM Identities (users, user groups, and roles) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id.html) in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide. The Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity that runs this operation must have an IAM policy attached that allows access to all necessary actions and resources. For more information about permissions, see Using identity-based policies (IAM policies) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions added in v1.16.0 

func (c *Client) GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions(ctx context.Context, params *GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsOutput, error)

Gets the configuration options for the reserved-node exchange. These options include information about the source reserved node and target reserved node offering. Details include the node type, the price, the node count, and the offering type.

func (*Client) GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings 

func (c *Client) GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings(ctx context.Context, params *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput, error)

Returns an array of DC2 ReservedNodeOfferings that matches the payment type, term, and usage price of the given DC1 reserved node.

func (*Client) GetResourcePolicy added in v1.32.0 

func (c *Client) GetResourcePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetResourcePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetResourcePolicyOutput, error)

Get the resource policy for a specified resource.

func (*Client) ListRecommendations added in v1.40.0 

func (c *Client) ListRecommendations(ctx context.Context, params *ListRecommendationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRecommendationsOutput, error)

List the Amazon Redshift Advisor recommendations for one or multiple Amazon Redshift clusters in an Amazon Web Services account.

func (*Client) ModifyAquaConfiguration added in v1.4.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyAquaConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyAquaConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyAquaConfigurationOutput, error)

This operation is retired. Calling this operation does not change AQUA configuration. Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether to use AQUA (Advanced Query Accelerator).

func (*Client) ModifyAuthenticationProfile added in v1.9.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyAuthenticationProfile(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyAuthenticationProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyAuthenticationProfileOutput, error)

Modifies an authentication profile.

func (*Client) ModifyCluster 

func (c *Client) ModifyCluster(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyClusterOutput, error)

Modifies the settings for a cluster. You can also change node type and the number of nodes to scale up or down the cluster. When resizing a cluster, you must specify both the number of nodes and the node type even if one of the parameters does not change. You can add another security or parameter group, or change the admin user password. Resetting a cluster password or modifying the security groups associated with a cluster do not need a reboot. However, modifying a parameter group requires a reboot for parameters to take effect. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyClusterDbRevision 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterDbRevision(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyClusterDbRevisionOutput, error)

Modifies the database revision of a cluster. The database revision is a unique revision of the database running in a cluster.

func (*Client) ModifyClusterIamRoles 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterIamRoles(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput, error)

Modifies the list of Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other Amazon Web Services services. The maximum number of IAM roles that you can associate is subject to a quota. For more information, go to Quotas and limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyClusterMaintenance 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterMaintenance(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyClusterMaintenanceOutput, error)

Modifies the maintenance settings of a cluster.

func (*Client) ModifyClusterParameterGroup 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Modifies the parameters of a parameter group. For the parameters parameter, it can't contain ASCII characters. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) ModifyClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyClusterSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Modifies the settings for a snapshot. This exanmple modifies the manual retention period setting for a cluster snapshot.

func (*Client) ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterSnapshotSchedule(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleOutput, error)

Modifies a snapshot schedule for a cluster.

func (*Client) ModifyClusterSubnetGroup 

func (c *Client) ModifyClusterSubnetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error)

Modifies a cluster subnet group to include the specified list of VPC subnets. The operation replaces the existing list of subnets with the new list of subnets.

func (*Client) ModifyCustomDomainAssociation added in v1.28.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyCustomDomainAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyCustomDomainAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyCustomDomainAssociationOutput, error)

Contains information for changing a custom domain association.

func (*Client) ModifyEndpointAccess added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyEndpointAccess(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyEndpointAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyEndpointAccessOutput, error)

Modifies a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.

func (*Client) ModifyEventSubscription 

func (c *Client) ModifyEventSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

Modifies an existing Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.

func (*Client) ModifyRedshiftIdcApplication added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) ModifyRedshiftIdcApplication(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyRedshiftIdcApplicationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyRedshiftIdcApplicationOutput, error)

Changes an existing Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center application.

func (*Client) ModifyScheduledAction 

func (c *Client) ModifyScheduledAction(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyScheduledActionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyScheduledActionOutput, error)

Modifies a scheduled action.

func (*Client) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod 

func (c *Client) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput, error)

Modifies the number of days to retain snapshots in the destination Amazon Web Services Region after they are copied from the source Amazon Web Services Region. By default, this operation only changes the retention period of copied automated snapshots. The retention periods for both new and existing copied automated snapshots are updated with the new retention period. You can set the manual option to change only the retention periods of copied manual snapshots. If you set this option, only newly copied manual snapshots have the new retention period.

func (*Client) ModifySnapshotSchedule 

func (c *Client) ModifySnapshotSchedule(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySnapshotScheduleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySnapshotScheduleOutput, error)

Modifies a snapshot schedule. Any schedule associated with a cluster is modified asynchronously.

func (*Client) ModifyUsageLimit 

func (c *Client) ModifyUsageLimit(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyUsageLimitInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyUsageLimitOutput, error)

Modifies a usage limit in a cluster. You can't modify the feature type or period of a usage limit.

func (*Client) Options added in v1.39.0 

func (c *Client) Options() Options

Options returns a copy of the client configuration.

Callers SHOULD NOT perform mutations on any inner structures within client config. Config overrides should instead be made on a per-operation basis through functional options.

func (*Client) PauseCluster 

func (c *Client) PauseCluster(ctx context.Context, params *PauseClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PauseClusterOutput, error)

Pauses a cluster.

func (*Client) PurchaseReservedNodeOffering 

func (c *Client) PurchaseReservedNodeOffering(ctx context.Context, params *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput, error)

Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one or more of the offerings. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available reserved node offerings. You can call this API by providing a specific reserved node offering and the number of nodes you want to reserve. For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved Nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) PutResourcePolicy added in v1.32.0 

func (c *Client) PutResourcePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutResourcePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutResourcePolicyOutput, error)

Updates the resource policy for a specified resource.

func (*Client) RebootCluster 

func (c *Client) RebootCluster(ctx context.Context, params *RebootClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RebootClusterOutput, error)

Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set to rebooting . A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any pending cluster modifications (see ModifyCluster ) are applied at this reboot. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) RejectDataShare added in v1.10.0 

func (c *Client) RejectDataShare(ctx context.Context, params *RejectDataShareInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RejectDataShareOutput, error)

From a datashare consumer account, rejects the specified datashare.

func (*Client) ResetClusterParameterGroup 

func (c *Client) ResetClusterParameterGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their default values and sets the source values of the parameters to "engine-default". To reset the entire parameter group specify the ResetAllParameters parameter. For parameter changes to take effect you must reboot any associated clusters.

func (*Client) ResizeCluster 

func (c *Client) ResizeCluster(ctx context.Context, params *ResizeClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResizeClusterOutput, error)

Changes the size of the cluster. You can change the cluster's type, or change the number or type of nodes. The default behavior is to use the elastic resize method. With an elastic resize, your cluster is available for read and write operations more quickly than with the classic resize method. Elastic resize operations have the following restrictions:

  • You can only resize clusters of the following types:
  • dc1.large (if your cluster is in a VPC)
  • dc1.8xlarge (if your cluster is in a VPC)
  • dc2.large
  • dc2.8xlarge
  • ds2.xlarge
  • ds2.8xlarge
  • ra3.xlplus
  • ra3.4xlarge
  • ra3.16xlarge
  • The type of nodes that you add must match the node type for the cluster.

func (*Client) RestoreFromClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Client) RestoreFromClusterSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. By default, Amazon Redshift creates the resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster from which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created with the default cluster security and parameter groups. After Amazon Redshift creates the cluster, you can use the ModifyCluster API to associate a different security group and different parameter group with the restored cluster. If you are using a DS node type, you can also choose to change to another DS node type of the same size during restore. If you restore a cluster into a VPC, you must provide a cluster subnet group where you want the cluster restored. For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Client) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a new table from a table in an Amazon Redshift cluster snapshot. You must create the new table within the Amazon Redshift cluster that the snapshot was taken from. You cannot use RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot to restore a table with the same name as an existing table in an Amazon Redshift cluster. That is, you cannot overwrite an existing table in a cluster with a restored table. If you want to replace your original table with a new, restored table, then rename or drop your original table before you call RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot . When you have renamed your original table, then you can pass the original name of the table as the NewTableName parameter value in the call to RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot . This way, you can replace the original table with the table created from the snapshot. You can't use this operation to restore tables with interleaved sort keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_Sorting_data.html#t_Sorting_data-interleaved) .

func (*Client) ResumeCluster 

func (c *Client) ResumeCluster(ctx context.Context, params *ResumeClusterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResumeClusterOutput, error)

Resumes a paused cluster.

func (*Client) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress 

func (c *Client) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a previously authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an ingress rule, see AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress . For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) RevokeEndpointAccess added in v1.3.0 

func (c *Client) RevokeEndpointAccess(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeEndpointAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeEndpointAccessOutput, error)

Revokes access to a cluster.

func (*Client) RevokeSnapshotAccess 

func (c *Client) RevokeSnapshotAccess(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput, error)

Removes the ability of the specified Amazon Web Services account to restore the specified snapshot. If the account is currently restoring the snapshot, the restore will run to completion. For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (*Client) RotateEncryptionKey 

func (c *Client) RotateEncryptionKey(ctx context.Context, params *RotateEncryptionKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RotateEncryptionKeyOutput, error)

Rotates the encryption keys for a cluster.

func (*Client) UpdatePartnerStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (c *Client) UpdatePartnerStatus(ctx context.Context, params *UpdatePartnerStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdatePartnerStatusOutput, error)

Updates the status of a partner integration.

type ClusterAvailableWaiter added in v1.9.0 

type ClusterAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ClusterAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for ClusterAvailable

func NewClusterAvailableWaiter added in v1.9.0 

func NewClusterAvailableWaiter(client DescribeClustersAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ClusterAvailableWaiterOptions)) *ClusterAvailableWaiter

NewClusterAvailableWaiter constructs a ClusterAvailableWaiter.

func (*ClusterAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v1.9.0 

func (w *ClusterAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClustersInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ClusterAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ClusterAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ClusterAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.14.0 

func (w *ClusterAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClustersInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ClusterAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ClusterAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ClusterAvailableWaiterOptions added in v1.9.0 

type ClusterAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	//
	// Passing options here is functionally equivalent to passing values to this
	// config's ClientOptions field that extend the inner client's APIOptions directly.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// Functional options to be passed to all operations invoked by this client.
	//
	// Function values that modify the inner APIOptions are applied after the waiter
	// config's own APIOptions modifiers.
	ClientOptions []func(*Options)

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ClusterAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 60 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or
	// set to zero, ClusterAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeClustersInput, *DescribeClustersOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ClusterAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for ClusterAvailableWaiter

type ClusterDeletedWaiter added in v1.9.0 

type ClusterDeletedWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ClusterDeletedWaiter defines the waiters for ClusterDeleted

func NewClusterDeletedWaiter added in v1.9.0 

func NewClusterDeletedWaiter(client DescribeClustersAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ClusterDeletedWaiterOptions)) *ClusterDeletedWaiter

NewClusterDeletedWaiter constructs a ClusterDeletedWaiter.

func (*ClusterDeletedWaiter) Wait added in v1.9.0 

func (w *ClusterDeletedWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClustersInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ClusterDeletedWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ClusterDeleted waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ClusterDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.14.0 

func (w *ClusterDeletedWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClustersInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ClusterDeletedWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ClusterDeleted waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ClusterDeletedWaiterOptions added in v1.9.0 

type ClusterDeletedWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	//
	// Passing options here is functionally equivalent to passing values to this
	// config's ClientOptions field that extend the inner client's APIOptions directly.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// Functional options to be passed to all operations invoked by this client.
	//
	// Function values that modify the inner APIOptions are applied after the waiter
	// config's own APIOptions modifiers.
	ClientOptions []func(*Options)

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ClusterDeletedWaiter will use default minimum delay of 60 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or
	// set to zero, ClusterDeletedWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeClustersInput, *DescribeClustersOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ClusterDeletedWaiterOptions are waiter options for ClusterDeletedWaiter

type ClusterRestoredWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type ClusterRestoredWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ClusterRestoredWaiter defines the waiters for ClusterRestored

func NewClusterRestoredWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewClusterRestoredWaiter(client DescribeClustersAPIClient, optFns ...func(*ClusterRestoredWaiterOptions)) *ClusterRestoredWaiter

NewClusterRestoredWaiter constructs a ClusterRestoredWaiter.

func (*ClusterRestoredWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *ClusterRestoredWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClustersInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ClusterRestoredWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for ClusterRestored waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*ClusterRestoredWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.14.0 

func (w *ClusterRestoredWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClustersInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*ClusterRestoredWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for ClusterRestored waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type ClusterRestoredWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type ClusterRestoredWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	//
	// Passing options here is functionally equivalent to passing values to this
	// config's ClientOptions field that extend the inner client's APIOptions directly.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// Functional options to be passed to all operations invoked by this client.
	//
	// Function values that modify the inner APIOptions are applied after the waiter
	// config's own APIOptions modifiers.
	ClientOptions []func(*Options)

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// ClusterRestoredWaiter will use default minimum delay of 60 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or
	// set to zero, ClusterRestoredWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeClustersInput, *DescribeClustersOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

ClusterRestoredWaiterOptions are waiter options for ClusterRestoredWaiter

type CopyClusterSnapshotInput 

type CopyClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier for the source snapshot. Constraints:
	//   - Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is
	//   available .
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceSnapshotIdentifier *string

	// The identifier given to the new manual snapshot. Constraints:
	//   - Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
	//   - Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//   - Must be unique for the Amazon Web Services account that is making the
	//   request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetSnapshotIdentifier *string

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is -1, the
	// manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. The value must be either -1 or an
	// integer between 1 and 3,653. The default value is -1.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This
	// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
	// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	// Constraints:
	//   - Must be the identifier for a valid cluster.
	SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CopyClusterSnapshotOutput 

type CopyClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *types.Snapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateAuthenticationProfileInput added in v1.9.0 

type CreateAuthenticationProfileInput struct {

	// The content of the authentication profile in JSON format. The maximum length of
	// the JSON string is determined by a quota for your account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationProfileContent *string

	// The name of the authentication profile to be created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationProfileName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateAuthenticationProfileOutput added in v1.9.0 

type CreateAuthenticationProfileOutput struct {

	// The content of the authentication profile in JSON format.
	AuthenticationProfileContent *string

	// The name of the authentication profile that was created.
	AuthenticationProfileName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterInput 

type CreateClusterInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to the
	// cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or modifying. The
	// identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console. Constraints:
	//   - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//   - Must be unique for all clusters within an Amazon Web Services account.
	// Example: myexamplecluster
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The user name associated with the admin user account for the cluster that is
	// being created. Constraints:
	//   - Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. The user name can't be
	//   PUBLIC .
	//   - Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign, period
	//   (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//   - The first character must be a letter.
	//   - Must not contain a colon (:) or a slash (/).
	//   - Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//   Reserved Words (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//   in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MasterUsername *string

	// The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node
	// types, go to Working with Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Valid Values: ds2.xlarge |
	// ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large | dc1.8xlarge | dc2.large | dc2.8xlarge | ra3.xlplus |
	// ra3.4xlarge | ra3.16xlarge
	//
	// This member is required.
	NodeType *string

	// Reserved.
	AdditionalInfo *string

	// If true , major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window to
	// the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster. When a new major
	// version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can request that the
	// service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance window to the Amazon
	// Redshift engine that is running on your cluster. Default: true
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool

	// This parameter is retired. It does not set the AQUA configuration status.
	// Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether to use AQUA (Advanced Query
	// Accelerator).
	AquaConfigurationStatus types.AquaConfigurationStatus

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0,
	// automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you
	// can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot . You
	// can't disable automated snapshots for RA3 node types. Set the automated
	// retention period from 1-35 days. Default: 1 Constraints: Must be a value from 0
	// to 35.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to provision
	// the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances running in a
	// specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster to be provisioned in
	// the same zone in order to decrease network latency. Default: A random,
	// system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is specified by the endpoint.
	// Example: us-east-2d Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the
	// same region as the current endpoint.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The option to enable relocation for an Amazon Redshift cluster between
	// Availability Zones after the cluster is created.
	AvailabilityZoneRelocation *bool

	// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. Default:
	// The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the
	// default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	// Constraints:
	//   - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	ClusterParameterGroupName *string

	// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster. Default: The
	// default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []string

	// The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster. If this
	// parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed outside virtual
	// private cloud (VPC).
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string

	// The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as
	//   - single-node , the NumberOfNodes parameter is not required.
	//   - multi-node , the NumberOfNodes parameter is required.
	// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node Default: multi-node
	ClusterType *string

	// The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to deploy on
	// the cluster. The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster.
	// Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available. Example: 1.0
	ClusterVersion *string

	// The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created. To
	// create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the cluster
	// with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For more
	// information, go to Create a Database (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. Default: dev Constraints:
	//   - Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
	//   - Must contain only lowercase letters.
	//   - Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved words
	//   can be found in Reserved Words (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//   in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	DBName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that was set as default for the
	// cluster when the cluster was created.
	DefaultIamRoleArn *string

	// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Constraints: The cluster must be
	// provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway.
	// Don't specify the Elastic IP address for a publicly accessible cluster with
	// availability zone relocation turned on. For more information about provisioning
	// clusters in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ElasticIp *string

	// If true , the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest. Default: false
	Encrypted *bool

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster
	// must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is true ,
	// enhanced VPC routing is enabled. Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information the
	// Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string

	// A list of Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the
	// cluster to access other Amazon Web Services services. You must supply the IAM
	// roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. The maximum number of IAM
	// roles that you can associate is subject to a quota. For more information, go to
	// Quotas and limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	IamRoles []string

	// The IP address types that the cluster supports. Possible values are ipv4 and
	// dualstack .
	IpAddressType *string

	// The Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you want to
	// use to encrypt data in the cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// A flag that specifies whether to load sample data once the cluster is created.
	LoadSampleData *string

	// An optional parameter for the name of the maintenance track for the cluster. If
	// you don't provide a maintenance track name, the cluster is assigned to the
	// current track.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string

	// If true , Amazon Redshift uses Secrets Manager to manage this cluster's admin
	// credentials. You can't use MasterUserPassword if ManageMasterPassword is true.
	// If ManageMasterPassword is false or not set, Amazon Redshift uses
	// MasterUserPassword for the admin user account's password.
	ManageMasterPassword *bool

	// The default number of days to retain a manual snapshot. If the value is -1, the
	// snapshot is retained indefinitely. This setting doesn't change the retention
	// period of existing snapshots. The value must be either -1 or an integer between
	// 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// The ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) key used to encrypt and store the
	// cluster's admin credentials secret. You can only use this parameter if
	// ManageMasterPassword is true.
	MasterPasswordSecretKmsKeyId *string

	// The password associated with the admin user account for the cluster that is
	// being created. You can't use MasterUserPassword if ManageMasterPassword is true
	// . Constraints:
	//   - Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
	//   - Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
	//   - Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
	//   - Must contain one number.
	//   - Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33-126) except ' (single
	//   quote), " (double quote), \ , / , or @ .
	MasterUserPassword *string

	// If true, Amazon Redshift will deploy the cluster in two Availability Zones (AZ).
	MultiAZ *bool

	// The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when the
	// ClusterType parameter is specified as multi-node . For information about
	// determining how many nodes you need, go to Working with Clusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If you don't specify this
	// parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When requesting a multi-node cluster,
	// you must specify the number of nodes that you want in the cluster. Default: 1
	// Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100.
	NumberOfNodes *int32

	// The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections. The cluster
	// is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings. Part of the
	// connection string requires the port on which the cluster will listen for
	// incoming connections. Default: 5439 Valid Values:
	//   - For clusters with ra3 nodes - Select a port within the ranges 5431-5455 or
	//   8191-8215 . (If you have an existing cluster with ra3 nodes, it isn't required
	//   that you change the port to these ranges.)
	//   - For clusters with ds2 or dc2 nodes - Select a port within the range
	//   1150-65535 .
	Port *int32

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance can
	// occur. Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Default: A 30-minute window selected at
	// random from an 8-hour block of time per region, occurring on a random day of the
	// week. For more information about the time blocks for each region, see
	// Maintenance Windows (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
	// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu |
	// Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string

	// If true , the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool

	// The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center
	// application.
	RedshiftIdcApplicationArn *string

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot schedule.
	SnapshotScheduleIdentifier *string

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the
	// cluster. Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterOutput 

type CreateClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput 

type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// A description of the parameter group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Description *string

	// The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group
	// applies. The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters. To get a
	// list of valid parameter group family names, you can call
	// DescribeClusterParameterGroups . By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of
	// all the parameter groups that are owned by your Amazon Web Services account,
	// including the default parameter groups for each Amazon Redshift engine version.
	// The parameter group family names associated with the default parameter groups
	// provide you the valid values. For example, a valid family name is
	// "redshift-1.0".
	//
	// This member is required.
	ParameterGroupFamily *string

	// The name of the cluster parameter group. Constraints:
	//   - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//   - Must be unique withing your Amazon Web Services account.
	// This value is stored as a lower-case string.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ParameterGroupName *string

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a parameter group.
	ClusterParameterGroup *types.ClusterParameterGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput 

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a
	// lowercase string. Constraints:
	//   - Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - Must not be "Default".
	//   - Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your Amazon Web
	//   Services account.
	// Example: examplesecuritygroup
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string

	// A description for the security group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Description *string

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput 

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroup *types.ClusterSecurityGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterSnapshotInput 

type CreateClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier
	// must be unique for all snapshots within the Amazon Web Services account.
	// Constraints:
	//   - Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//   - Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//   - First character must be a letter
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is -1, the
	// manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. The value must be either -1 or an
	// integer between 1 and 3,653. The default value is -1.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterSnapshotOutput 

type CreateClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *types.Snapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput 

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
	// string. Constraints:
	//   - Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - Must not be "Default".
	//   - Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your Amazon Web
	//   Services account.
	// Example: examplesubnetgroup
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string

	// A description for the subnet group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Description *string

	// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a single
	// request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetIds []string

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput 

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a subnet group.
	ClusterSubnetGroup *types.ClusterSubnetGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCustomDomainAssociationInput added in v1.28.0 

type CreateCustomDomainAssociationInput struct {

	// The cluster identifier that the custom domain is associated with.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The certificate Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the custom domain name
	// association.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CustomDomainCertificateArn *string

	// The custom domain name for a custom domain association.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CustomDomainName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCustomDomainAssociationOutput added in v1.28.0 

type CreateCustomDomainAssociationOutput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster that the custom domain is associated with.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The expiration time for the certificate for the custom domain.
	CustomDomainCertExpiryTime *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate associated with the custom
	// domain name.
	CustomDomainCertificateArn *string

	// The custom domain name for the association result.
	CustomDomainName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateEndpointAccessInput added in v1.3.0 

type CreateEndpointAccessInput struct {

	// The Redshift-managed VPC endpoint name. An endpoint name must contain 1-30
	// characters. Valid characters are A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and hyphen(-). The first
	// character must be a letter. The name can't contain two consecutive hyphens or
	// end with a hyphen.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EndpointName *string

	// The subnet group from which Amazon Redshift chooses the subnet to deploy the
	// endpoint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetGroupName *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster to access.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster. This is only
	// required if the cluster is in another Amazon Web Services account.
	ResourceOwner *string

	// The security group that defines the ports, protocols, and sources for inbound
	// traffic that you are authorizing into your endpoint.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateEndpointAccessOutput added in v1.3.0 

type CreateEndpointAccessOutput struct {

	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Address *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster associated with the endpoint.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The time (UTC) that the endpoint was created.
	EndpointCreateTime *time.Time

	// The name of the endpoint.
	EndpointName *string

	// The status of the endpoint.
	EndpointStatus *string

	// The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
	Port *int32

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster.
	ResourceOwner *string

	// The subnet group name where Amazon Redshift chooses to deploy the endpoint.
	SubnetGroupName *string

	// The connection endpoint for connecting to an Amazon Redshift cluster through
	// the proxy.
	VpcEndpoint *types.VpcEndpoint

	// The security groups associated with the endpoint.
	VpcSecurityGroups []types.VpcSecurityGroupMembership

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput 

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit the
	// event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic
	// and subscribe to it.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnsTopicArn *string

	// The name of the event subscription to be created. Constraints:
	//   - Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
	//   - Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubscriptionName *string

	// A boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, and set to false to
	// create the subscription but not activate it.
	Enabled *bool

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
	// notification subscription. Values: configuration, management, monitoring,
	// security, pending
	EventCategories []string

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
	// notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string

	// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All of the
	// objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type parameter.
	// The event subscription will return only events generated by the specified
	// objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects within the
	// source type specified. Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2 Example:
	// my-snapshot-20131010
	SourceIds []string

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you want
	// to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this parameter to
	// cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned for all Amazon
	// Redshift objects in your Amazon Web Services account. You must specify a source
	// type in order to specify source IDs. Valid values: cluster,
	// cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, cluster-snapshot, and
	// scheduled-action.
	SourceType *string

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput 

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Describes event subscriptions.
	EventSubscription *types.EventSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput 

type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput struct {

	// The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the
	// cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption keys.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput 

type CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {

	// Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored
	// in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift
	// cluster to encrypt data files.
	HsmClientCertificate *types.HsmClientCertificate

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateHsmConfigurationInput 

type CreateHsmConfigurationInput struct {

	// A text description of the HSM configuration to be created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Description *string

	// The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string

	// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HsmIpAddress *string

	// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
	// store their database encryption keys.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HsmPartitionName *string

	// The password required to access the HSM partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HsmPartitionPassword *string

	// The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is
	// server.pem.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HsmServerPublicCertificate *string

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateHsmConfigurationOutput 

type CreateHsmConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that
	// describes to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to
	// an HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
	HsmConfiguration *types.HsmConfiguration

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRedshiftIdcApplicationInput added in v1.37.0 

type CreateRedshiftIdcApplicationInput struct {

	// The IAM role ARN for the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center application
	// instance. It has the required permissions to be assumed and invoke the IDC
	// Identity Center API.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IamRoleArn *string

	// The display name for the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center application
	// instance. It appears in the console.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IdcDisplayName *string

	// The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the IAM Identity Center instance where Amazon
	// Redshift creates a new managed application.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IdcInstanceArn *string

	// The name of the Redshift application in IAM Identity Center.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RedshiftIdcApplicationName *string

	// The token issuer list for the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center application
	// instance.
	AuthorizedTokenIssuerList []types.AuthorizedTokenIssuer

	// The namespace for the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center application instance.
	// It determines which managed application verifies the connection token.
	IdentityNamespace *string

	// A collection of service integrations for the Redshift IAM Identity Center
	// application.
	ServiceIntegrations []types.ServiceIntegrationsUnion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRedshiftIdcApplicationOutput added in v1.37.0 

type CreateRedshiftIdcApplicationOutput struct {

	// Contains properties for the Redshift IDC application.
	RedshiftIdcApplication *types.RedshiftIdcApplication

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateScheduledActionInput 

type CreateScheduledActionInput struct {

	// The IAM role to assume to run the target action. For more information about
	// this parameter, see ScheduledAction .
	//
	// This member is required.
	IamRole *string

	// The schedule in at( ) or cron( ) format. For more information about this
	// parameter, see ScheduledAction .
	//
	// This member is required.
	Schedule *string

	// The name of the scheduled action. The name must be unique within an account.
	// For more information about this parameter, see ScheduledAction .
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduledActionName *string

	// A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input
	// parameters. For more information about this parameter, see ScheduledAction .
	//
	// This member is required.
	TargetAction *types.ScheduledActionType

	// If true, the schedule is enabled. If false, the scheduled action does not
	// trigger. For more information about state of the scheduled action, see
	// ScheduledAction .
	Enable *bool

	// The end time in UTC of the scheduled action. After this time, the scheduled
	// action does not trigger. For more information about this parameter, see
	// ScheduledAction .
	EndTime *time.Time

	// The description of the scheduled action.
	ScheduledActionDescription *string

	// The start time in UTC of the scheduled action. Before this time, the scheduled
	// action does not trigger. For more information about this parameter, see
	// ScheduledAction .
	StartTime *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateScheduledActionOutput 

type CreateScheduledActionOutput struct {

	// The end time in UTC when the schedule is no longer active. After this time, the
	// scheduled action does not trigger.
	EndTime *time.Time

	// The IAM role to assume to run the scheduled action. This IAM role must have
	// permission to run the Amazon Redshift API operation in the scheduled action.
	// This IAM role must allow the Amazon Redshift scheduler (Principal
	// scheduler.redshift.amazonaws.com) to assume permissions on your behalf. For more
	// information about the IAM role to use with the Amazon Redshift scheduler, see
	// Using Identity-Based Policies for Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	IamRole *string

	// List of times when the scheduled action will run.
	NextInvocations []time.Time

	// The schedule for a one-time (at format) or recurring (cron format) scheduled
	// action. Schedule invocations must be separated by at least one hour. Format of
	// at expressions is " at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss) ". For example, "
	// at(2016-03-04T17:27:00) ". Format of cron expressions is " cron(Minutes Hours
	// Day-of-month Month Day-of-week Year) ". For example, " cron(0 10 ? * MON *) ".
	// For more information, see Cron Expressions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/ScheduledEvents.html#CronExpressions)
	// in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
	Schedule *string

	// The description of the scheduled action.
	ScheduledActionDescription *string

	// The name of the scheduled action.
	ScheduledActionName *string

	// The start time in UTC when the schedule is active. Before this time, the
	// scheduled action does not trigger.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// The state of the scheduled action. For example, DISABLED .
	State types.ScheduledActionState

	// A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input
	// parameters. "
	// {\"ResizeCluster\":{\"NodeType\":\"ds2.8xlarge\",\"ClusterIdentifier\":\"my-test-cluster\",\"NumberOfNodes\":3}}
	// ".
	TargetAction *types.ScheduledActionType

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a scheduled action. You can use a scheduled action to trigger some Amazon Redshift API operations on a schedule. For information about which API operations can be scheduled, see ScheduledActionType .

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput 

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the region for
	// the Amazon Web Services account. Constraints:
	//   - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//   - Must be unique for all clusters within an Amazon Web Services account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string

	// The unique identifier of the encrypted symmetric key to which to grant Amazon
	// Redshift permission. If no key is specified, the default key is used.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant action.

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput 

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {

	// The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt
	// copied snapshots with the specified encrypted symmetric key from Amazon Web
	// Services KMS in the destination region. For more information about managing
	// snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	SnapshotCopyGrant *types.SnapshotCopyGrant

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSnapshotScheduleInput 

type CreateSnapshotScheduleInput struct {

	//
	DryRun *bool

	//
	NextInvocations *int32

	// The definition of the snapshot schedule. The definition is made up of schedule
	// expressions, for example "cron(30 12 *)" or "rate(12 hours)".
	ScheduleDefinitions []string

	// The description of the snapshot schedule.
	ScheduleDescription *string

	// A unique identifier for a snapshot schedule. Only alphanumeric characters are
	// allowed for the identifier.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string

	// An optional set of tags you can use to search for the schedule.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSnapshotScheduleOutput 

type CreateSnapshotScheduleOutput struct {

	// The number of clusters associated with the schedule.
	AssociatedClusterCount *int32

	// A list of clusters associated with the schedule. A maximum of 100 clusters is
	// returned.
	AssociatedClusters []types.ClusterAssociatedToSchedule

	//
	NextInvocations []time.Time

	// A list of ScheduleDefinitions.
	ScheduleDefinitions []string

	// The description of the schedule.
	ScheduleDescription *string

	// A unique identifier for the schedule.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string

	// An optional set of tags describing the schedule.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a snapshot schedule. You can set a regular interval for creating snapshots of a cluster. You can also schedule snapshots for specific dates.

type CreateTagsInput 

type CreateTagsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags. For
	// example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-2:123456789:cluster:t1 .
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceName *string

	// One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each tag
	// name is passed in with the parameter Key and the corresponding value is passed
	// in with the parameter Value . The Key and Value parameters are separated by a
	// comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, --tags
	// "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test"
	// "Key"="version","Value"="1.0" .
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the CreateTags action.

type CreateTagsOutput 

type CreateTagsOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateUsageLimitInput 

type CreateUsageLimitInput struct {

	// The limit amount. If time-based, this amount is in minutes. If data-based, this
	// amount is in terabytes (TB). The value must be a positive number.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Amount *int64

	// The identifier of the cluster that you want to limit usage.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The Amazon Redshift feature that you want to limit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FeatureType types.UsageLimitFeatureType

	// The type of limit. Depending on the feature type, this can be based on a time
	// duration or data size. If FeatureType is spectrum , then LimitType must be
	// data-scanned . If FeatureType is concurrency-scaling , then LimitType must be
	// time . If FeatureType is cross-region-datasharing , then LimitType must be
	// data-scanned .
	//
	// This member is required.
	LimitType types.UsageLimitLimitType

	// The action that Amazon Redshift takes when the limit is reached. The default is
	// log. For more information about this parameter, see UsageLimit .
	BreachAction types.UsageLimitBreachAction

	// The time period that the amount applies to. A weekly period begins on Sunday.
	// The default is monthly .
	Period types.UsageLimitPeriod

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateUsageLimitOutput 

type CreateUsageLimitOutput struct {

	// The limit amount. If time-based, this amount is in minutes. If data-based, this
	// amount is in terabytes (TB).
	Amount *int64

	// The action that Amazon Redshift takes when the limit is reached. Possible
	// values are:
	//   - log - To log an event in a system table. The default is log.
	//   - emit-metric - To emit CloudWatch metrics.
	//   - disable - To disable the feature until the next usage period begins.
	BreachAction types.UsageLimitBreachAction

	// The identifier of the cluster with a usage limit.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The Amazon Redshift feature to which the limit applies.
	FeatureType types.UsageLimitFeatureType

	// The type of limit. Depending on the feature type, this can be based on a time
	// duration or data size.
	LimitType types.UsageLimitLimitType

	// The time period that the amount applies to. A weekly period begins on Sunday.
	// The default is monthly .
	Period types.UsageLimitPeriod

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// The identifier of the usage limit.
	UsageLimitId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a usage limit object for a cluster.

type DeauthorizeDataShareInput added in v1.10.0 

type DeauthorizeDataShareInput struct {

	// The identifier of the data consumer that is to have authorization removed from
	// the datashare. This identifier is an Amazon Web Services account ID or a
	// keyword, such as ADX.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConsumerIdentifier *string

	// The namespace Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare to remove
	// authorization from.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataShareArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeauthorizeDataShareOutput added in v1.10.0 

type DeauthorizeDataShareOutput struct {

	// A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
	// accessible cluster.
	AllowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare that the consumer is to use.
	DataShareArn *string

	// A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between producer
	// and data consumers.
	DataShareAssociations []types.DataShareAssociation

	// The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
	ManagedBy *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer namespace.
	ProducerArn *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteAuthenticationProfileInput added in v1.9.0 

type DeleteAuthenticationProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the authentication profile to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationProfileName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteAuthenticationProfileOutput added in v1.9.0 

type DeleteAuthenticationProfileOutput struct {

	// The name of the authentication profile that was deleted.
	AuthenticationProfileName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterInput 

type DeleteClusterInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster to be deleted. Constraints:
	//   - Must contain lowercase characters.
	//   - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before
	// deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
	// must be false . Constraints:
	//   - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is -1, the
	// manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. The value must be either -1 or an
	// integer between 1 and 3,653. The default value is -1.
	FinalClusterSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon
	// Redshift deletes the cluster. If true , a final cluster snapshot is not created.
	// If false , a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted.
	// The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if
	// SkipFinalClusterSnapshot is false . Default: false
	SkipFinalClusterSnapshot *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterOutput 

type DeleteClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput 

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the parameter group to be deleted. Constraints:
	//   - Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group.
	//   - Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ParameterGroupName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput 

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster security group to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput 

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput 

type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted. Constraints: Must
	// be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the available , failed , or
	// cancelled state.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string

	// The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
	// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
	// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput 

type DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *types.Snapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput 

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput 

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteCustomDomainAssociationInput added in v1.28.0 

type DeleteCustomDomainAssociationInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster to delete a custom domain association for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The custom domain name for the custom domain association.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CustomDomainName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteCustomDomainAssociationOutput added in v1.28.0 

type DeleteCustomDomainAssociationOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteEndpointAccessInput added in v1.3.0 

type DeleteEndpointAccessInput struct {

	// The Redshift-managed VPC endpoint to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EndpointName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteEndpointAccessOutput added in v1.3.0 

type DeleteEndpointAccessOutput struct {

	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Address *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster associated with the endpoint.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The time (UTC) that the endpoint was created.
	EndpointCreateTime *time.Time

	// The name of the endpoint.
	EndpointName *string

	// The status of the endpoint.
	EndpointStatus *string

	// The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
	Port *int32

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster.
	ResourceOwner *string

	// The subnet group name where Amazon Redshift chooses to deploy the endpoint.
	SubnetGroupName *string

	// The connection endpoint for connecting to an Amazon Redshift cluster through
	// the proxy.
	VpcEndpoint *types.VpcEndpoint

	// The security groups associated with the endpoint.
	VpcSecurityGroups []types.VpcSecurityGroupMembership

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubscriptionName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput 

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput struct {

	// The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput 

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput 

type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput 

type DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePartnerInput added in v1.5.0 

type DeletePartnerInput struct {

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the cluster.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccountId *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster that receives data from the partner.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartnerName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePartnerOutput added in v1.5.0 

type DeletePartnerOutput struct {

	// The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
	PartnerName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRedshiftIdcApplicationInput added in v1.37.0 

type DeleteRedshiftIdcApplicationInput struct {

	// The ARN for a deleted Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center application.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RedshiftIdcApplicationArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRedshiftIdcApplicationOutput added in v1.37.0 

type DeleteRedshiftIdcApplicationOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteResourcePolicyInput added in v1.32.0 

type DeleteResourcePolicyInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource of which its resource policy is
	// deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput added in v1.32.0 

type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteScheduledActionInput 

type DeleteScheduledActionInput struct {

	// The name of the scheduled action to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduledActionName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteScheduledActionOutput 

type DeleteScheduledActionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput 

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant action.

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput 

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput 

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleInput struct {

	// A unique identifier of the snapshot schedule to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleOutput 

type DeleteSnapshotScheduleOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTagsInput 

type DeleteTagsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags.
	// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-2:123456789:cluster:t1 .
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceName *string

	// The tag key that you want to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagKeys []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DeleteTags action.

type DeleteTagsOutput 

type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUsageLimitInput 

type DeleteUsageLimitInput struct {

	// The identifier of the usage limit to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	UsageLimitId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUsageLimitOutput 

type DeleteUsageLimitOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput 

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {

	// A list of attribute names.
	AttributeNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput 

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {

	// A list of attributes assigned to an account.
	AccountAttributes []types.AccountAttribute

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAuthenticationProfilesInput added in v1.9.0 

type DescribeAuthenticationProfilesInput struct {

	// The name of the authentication profile to describe. If not specified then all
	// authentication profiles owned by the account are listed.
	AuthenticationProfileName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeAuthenticationProfilesOutput added in v1.9.0 

type DescribeAuthenticationProfilesOutput struct {

	// The list of authentication profiles.
	AuthenticationProfiles []types.AuthenticationProfile

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClusterDbRevisions(context.Context, *DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeClusterDbRevisionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClusterDbRevisions operation.

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput 

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for a cluster whose ClusterDbRevisions you are requesting.
	// This parameter is case sensitive. All clusters defined for an account are
	// returned by default.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point for returning a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterDbRevisions request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Redshift returns a value in
	// the marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the marker parameter and
	// retrying the request. Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier
	// parameter, or the marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in the marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// response records by providing the returned marker value in the marker parameter
	// and retrying the request. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput 

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput struct {

	// A list of revisions.
	ClusterDbRevisions []types.ClusterDbRevision

	// A string representing the starting point for the next set of revisions. If a
	// value is returned in a response, you can retrieve the next set of revisions by
	// providing the value in the marker parameter and retrying the command. If the
	// marker field is empty, all revisions have already been returned.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClusterDbRevisions

func NewDescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator(client DescribeClusterDbRevisionsAPIClient, params *DescribeClusterDbRevisionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator returns a new DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator

func (*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterDbRevisionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClusterDbRevisions page.

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in the marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// response records by providing the returned marker value in the marker parameter
	// and retrying the request. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClusterDbRevisionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClusterDbRevisions

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClusterParameterGroups(context.Context, *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error)
}

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation.

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The name of a specific parameter group for which to return details. By default,
	// details about all parameter groups and the default parameter group are returned.
	ParameterGroupName *string

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
	// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or both
	// of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster
	// parameter groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For
	// example, suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values
	// called admin and test . If you specify both of these tag values in the request,
	// Amazon Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
	// both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of ClusterParameterGroup instances. Each instance describes one cluster
	// parameter group.
	ParameterGroups []types.ClusterParameterGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameterGroups action.

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClusterParameterGroups

func NewDescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator(client DescribeClusterParameterGroupsAPIClient, params *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator returns a new DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClusterParameterGroups page.

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClusterParameterGroups

type DescribeClusterParametersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterParametersAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClusterParameters(context.Context, *DescribeClusterParametersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, error)
}

DescribeClusterParametersAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClusterParameters operation.

type DescribeClusterParametersInput 

type DescribeClusterParametersInput struct {

	// The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ParameterGroupName *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameters request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The parameter types to return. Specify user to show parameters that are
	// different form the default. Similarly, specify engine-default to show
	// parameters that are the same as the default parameter group. Default: All
	// parameter types returned. Valid Values: user | engine-default
	Source *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterParametersOutput 

type DescribeClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of Parameter instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one
	// cluster parameter group.
	Parameters []types.Parameter

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameters action.

type DescribeClusterParametersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterParametersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterParametersPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClusterParameters

func NewDescribeClusterParametersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClusterParametersPaginator(client DescribeClusterParametersAPIClient, params *DescribeClusterParametersInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClusterParametersPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClusterParametersPaginator

NewDescribeClusterParametersPaginator returns a new DescribeClusterParametersPaginator

func (*DescribeClusterParametersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterParametersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClusterParametersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterParametersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClusterParameters page.

type DescribeClusterParametersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterParametersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClusterParametersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClusterParameters

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClusterSecurityGroups(context.Context, *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, error)
}

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation.

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting details. You
	// must specify either the Marker parameter or a ClusterSecurityGroupName
	// parameter, but not both. Example: securitygroup1
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request. Constraints: You must specify either the
	// ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter or the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster security
	// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have security groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or both of
	// these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster
	// security groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For
	// example, suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with values
	// called admin and test . If you specify both of these tag values in the request,
	// Amazon Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
	// both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of ClusterSecurityGroup instances.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []types.ClusterSecurityGroup

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClusterSecurityGroups

func NewDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator(client DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsAPIClient, params *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator returns a new DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClusterSecurityGroups page.

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClusterSecurityGroups

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClusterSnapshots(context.Context, *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)
}

DescribeClusterSnapshotsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClusterSnapshots operation.

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether to return snapshots only for an existing
	// cluster. You can perform table-level restore only by using a snapshot of an
	// existing cluster, that is, a cluster that has not been deleted. Values for this
	// parameter work as follows:
	//   - If ClusterExists is set to true , ClusterIdentifier is required.
	//   - If ClusterExists is set to false and ClusterIdentifier isn't specified, all
	//   snapshots associated with deleted clusters (orphaned snapshots) are returned.
	//   - If ClusterExists is set to false and ClusterIdentifier is specified for a
	//   deleted cluster, snapshots associated with that cluster are returned.
	//   - If ClusterExists is set to false and ClusterIdentifier is specified for an
	//   existing cluster, no snapshots are returned.
	ClusterExists *bool

	// The identifier of the cluster which generated the requested snapshots.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the specified
	// time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about
	// ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSnapshots request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The Amazon Web Services account used to create or copy the snapshot. Use this
	// field to filter the results to snapshots owned by a particular account. To
	// describe snapshots you own, either specify your Amazon Web Services account, or
	// do not specify the parameter.
	OwnerAccount *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot associated with the message to
	// describe cluster snapshots.
	SnapshotArn *string

	// The snapshot identifier of the snapshot about which to return information.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string

	// The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By default,
	// snapshots of all types are returned. Valid Values: automated | manual
	SnapshotType *string

	//
	SortingEntities []types.SnapshotSortingEntity

	// A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified time.
	// The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO
	// 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
	// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
	// you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called owner and environment . If
	// you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
	// response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag keys
	// associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster
	// snapshots that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For
	// example, suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values called
	// admin and test . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these
	// tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of Snapshot instances.
	Snapshots []types.Snapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSnapshots action.

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClusterSnapshots

func NewDescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator(client DescribeClusterSnapshotsAPIClient, params *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator returns a new DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClusterSnapshots page.

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClusterSnapshotsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClusterSnapshots

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClusterSubnetGroups(context.Context, *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, error)
}

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation.

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster subnet group for which information is requested.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
	// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of
	// these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
	// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with values called admin
	// and test . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of
	// these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of ClusterSubnetGroup instances.
	ClusterSubnetGroups []types.ClusterSubnetGroup

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups action.

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClusterSubnetGroups

func NewDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator(client DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsAPIClient, params *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator returns a new DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClusterSubnetGroups page.

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClusterSubnetGroups

type DescribeClusterTracksAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterTracksAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClusterTracks(context.Context, *DescribeClusterTracksInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterTracksOutput, error)
}

DescribeClusterTracksAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClusterTracks operation.

type DescribeClusterTracksInput 

type DescribeClusterTracksInput struct {

	// The name of the maintenance track.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterTracks request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Redshift returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// An integer value for the maximum number of maintenance tracks to return.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterTracksOutput 

type DescribeClusterTracksOutput struct {

	// A list of maintenance tracks output by the DescribeClusterTracks operation.
	MaintenanceTracks []types.MaintenanceTrack

	// The starting point to return a set of response tracklist records. You can
	// retrieve the next set of response records by providing the returned marker value
	// in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterTracksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterTracksPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterTracksPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClusterTracks

func NewDescribeClusterTracksPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClusterTracksPaginator(client DescribeClusterTracksAPIClient, params *DescribeClusterTracksInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClusterTracksPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClusterTracksPaginator

NewDescribeClusterTracksPaginator returns a new DescribeClusterTracksPaginator

func (*DescribeClusterTracksPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterTracksPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClusterTracksPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterTracksPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterTracksOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClusterTracks page.

type DescribeClusterTracksPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterTracksPaginatorOptions struct {
	// An integer value for the maximum number of maintenance tracks to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClusterTracksPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClusterTracks

type DescribeClusterVersionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterVersionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClusterVersions(context.Context, *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeClusterVersionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClusterVersions operation.

type DescribeClusterVersionsInput 

type DescribeClusterVersionsInput struct {

	// The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details for.
	// Constraints:
	//   - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//   - First character must be a letter
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	ClusterParameterGroupFamily *string

	// The specific cluster version to return. Example: 1.0
	ClusterVersion *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterVersions request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClusterVersionsOutput 

type DescribeClusterVersionsOutput struct {

	// A list of Version elements.
	ClusterVersions []types.ClusterVersion

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterVersions action.

type DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClusterVersions

func NewDescribeClusterVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClusterVersionsPaginator(client DescribeClusterVersionsAPIClient, params *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClusterVersionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator

NewDescribeClusterVersionsPaginator returns a new DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClusterVersionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClusterVersions page.

type DescribeClusterVersionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClusterVersionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClusterVersionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClusterVersions

type DescribeClustersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClustersAPIClient interface {
	DescribeClusters(context.Context, *DescribeClustersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error)
}

DescribeClustersAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeClusters operation.

type DescribeClustersInput 

type DescribeClustersInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. This
	// parameter is case sensitive. The default is that all clusters defined for an
	// account are returned.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusters request exceed the
	// value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request. Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier parameter or
	// the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that are
	// associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have
	// clusters that are tagged with keys called owner and environment . If you specify
	// both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with
	// the clusters that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters that
	// are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example, suppose that
	// you have clusters that are tagged with values called admin and test . If you
	// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
	// response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag values
	// associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeClustersOutput 

type DescribeClustersOutput struct {

	// A list of Cluster objects, where each object describes one cluster.
	Clusters []types.Cluster

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusters action.

type DescribeClustersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClustersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeClustersPaginator is a paginator for DescribeClusters

func NewDescribeClustersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeClustersPaginator(client DescribeClustersAPIClient, params *DescribeClustersInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeClustersPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeClustersPaginator

NewDescribeClustersPaginator returns a new DescribeClustersPaginator

func (*DescribeClustersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClustersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeClustersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeClustersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeClusters page.

type DescribeClustersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeClustersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeClustersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeClusters

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsAPIClient added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeCustomDomainAssociations(context.Context, *DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeCustomDomainAssociations operation.

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsInput added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsInput struct {

	// The certificate Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the custom domain association.
	CustomDomainCertificateArn *string

	// The custom domain name for the custom domain association.
	CustomDomainName *string

	// The marker for the custom domain association.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum records setting for the associated custom domain.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsOutput added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsOutput struct {

	// The associations for the custom domain.
	Associations []types.Association

	// The marker for the custom domain association.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeCustomDomainAssociations

func NewDescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator added in v1.28.0 

func NewDescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator(client DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsAPIClient, params *DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator

NewDescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator returns a new DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator

func (*DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.28.0 

func (p *DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.28.0 

func (p *DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeCustomDomainAssociations page.

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginatorOptions added in v1.28.0 

type DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum records setting for the associated custom domain.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeCustomDomainAssociationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeCustomDomainAssociations

type DescribeDataSharesAPIClient added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeDataSharesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeDataShares(context.Context, *DescribeDataSharesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDataSharesOutput, error)
}

DescribeDataSharesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeDataShares operation.

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerAPIClient added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerAPIClient interface {
	DescribeDataSharesForConsumer(context.Context, *DescribeDataSharesForConsumerInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDataSharesForConsumerOutput, error)
}

DescribeDataSharesForConsumerAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeDataSharesForConsumer operation.

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerInput added in v1.10.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the consumer namespace that returns in the
	// list of datashares.
	ConsumerArn *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeDataSharesForConsumer request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// An identifier giving the status of a datashare in the consumer cluster. If this
	// field is specified, Amazon Redshift returns the list of datashares that have the
	// specified status.
	Status types.DataShareStatusForConsumer
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerOutput added in v1.10.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerOutput struct {

	// Shows the results of datashares available for consumers.
	DataShares []types.DataShare

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeDataSharesForConsumer request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator is a paginator for DescribeDataSharesForConsumer

func NewDescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator added in v1.16.0 

func NewDescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator(client DescribeDataSharesForConsumerAPIClient, params *DescribeDataSharesForConsumerInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator

NewDescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator returns a new DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator

func (*DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.16.0 

func (p *DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator) NextPage added in v1.16.0 

func (p *DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDataSharesForConsumerOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeDataSharesForConsumer page.

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginatorOptions added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeDataSharesForConsumerPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeDataSharesForConsumer

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerAPIClient added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerAPIClient interface {
	DescribeDataSharesForProducer(context.Context, *DescribeDataSharesForProducerInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDataSharesForProducerOutput, error)
}

DescribeDataSharesForProducerAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeDataSharesForProducer operation.

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerInput added in v1.10.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeDataSharesForProducer request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer namespace that returns in the
	// list of datashares.
	ProducerArn *string

	// An identifier giving the status of a datashare in the producer. If this field
	// is specified, Amazon Redshift returns the list of datashares that have the
	// specified status.
	Status types.DataShareStatusForProducer
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerOutput added in v1.10.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerOutput struct {

	// Shows the results of datashares available for producers.
	DataShares []types.DataShare

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeDataSharesForProducer request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator is a paginator for DescribeDataSharesForProducer

func NewDescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator added in v1.16.0 

func NewDescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator(client DescribeDataSharesForProducerAPIClient, params *DescribeDataSharesForProducerInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator

NewDescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator returns a new DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator

func (*DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.16.0 

func (p *DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator) NextPage added in v1.16.0 

func (p *DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDataSharesForProducerOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeDataSharesForProducer page.

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginatorOptions added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeDataSharesForProducerPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeDataSharesForProducer

type DescribeDataSharesInput added in v1.10.0 

type DescribeDataSharesInput struct {

	// The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the datashare to describe details of.
	DataShareArn *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeDataShares request exceed the
	// value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDataSharesOutput added in v1.10.0 

type DescribeDataSharesOutput struct {

	// The results returned from describing datashares.
	DataShares []types.DataShare

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeDataShares request exceed the
	// value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDataSharesPaginator added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeDataSharesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDataSharesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeDataShares

func NewDescribeDataSharesPaginator added in v1.16.0 

func NewDescribeDataSharesPaginator(client DescribeDataSharesAPIClient, params *DescribeDataSharesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeDataSharesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeDataSharesPaginator

NewDescribeDataSharesPaginator returns a new DescribeDataSharesPaginator

func (*DescribeDataSharesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.16.0 

func (p *DescribeDataSharesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeDataSharesPaginator) NextPage added in v1.16.0 

func (p *DescribeDataSharesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDataSharesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeDataShares page.

type DescribeDataSharesPaginatorOptions added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeDataSharesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeDataSharesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeDataShares

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersAPIClient interface {
	DescribeDefaultClusterParameters(context.Context, *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error)
}

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation.

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group family.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ParameterGroupFamily *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
	// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a
	// value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter
	// and retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
	DefaultClusterParameters *types.DefaultClusterParameters

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator is a paginator for DescribeDefaultClusterParameters

func NewDescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator(client DescribeDefaultClusterParametersAPIClient, params *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator

NewDescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator returns a new DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeDefaultClusterParameters page.

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeDefaultClusterParameters

type DescribeEndpointAccessAPIClient added in v1.5.0 

type DescribeEndpointAccessAPIClient interface {
	DescribeEndpointAccess(context.Context, *DescribeEndpointAccessInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEndpointAccessOutput, error)
}

DescribeEndpointAccessAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeEndpointAccess operation.

type DescribeEndpointAccessInput added in v1.3.0 

type DescribeEndpointAccessInput struct {

	// The cluster identifier associated with the described endpoint.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The name of the endpoint to be described.
	EndpointName *string

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEndpointAccess
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a Marker is
	// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster.
	ResourceOwner *string

	// The virtual private cloud (VPC) identifier with access to the cluster.
	VpcId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEndpointAccessOutput added in v1.3.0 

type DescribeEndpointAccessOutput struct {

	// The list of endpoints with access to the cluster.
	EndpointAccessList []types.EndpointAccess

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEndpointAccess
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEndpointAccessPaginator added in v1.5.0 

type DescribeEndpointAccessPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEndpointAccessPaginator is a paginator for DescribeEndpointAccess

func NewDescribeEndpointAccessPaginator added in v1.5.0 

func NewDescribeEndpointAccessPaginator(client DescribeEndpointAccessAPIClient, params *DescribeEndpointAccessInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeEndpointAccessPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeEndpointAccessPaginator

NewDescribeEndpointAccessPaginator returns a new DescribeEndpointAccessPaginator

func (*DescribeEndpointAccessPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.5.0 

func (p *DescribeEndpointAccessPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeEndpointAccessPaginator) NextPage added in v1.5.0 

func (p *DescribeEndpointAccessPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEndpointAccessOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeEndpointAccess page.

type DescribeEndpointAccessPaginatorOptions added in v1.5.0 

type DescribeEndpointAccessPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a Marker is
	// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeEndpointAccessPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeEndpointAccess

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationAPIClient added in v1.5.0 

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationAPIClient interface {
	DescribeEndpointAuthorization(context.Context, *DescribeEndpointAuthorizationInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEndpointAuthorizationOutput, error)
}

DescribeEndpointAuthorizationAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeEndpointAuthorization operation.

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationInput added in v1.3.0 

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationInput struct {

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of either the cluster owner (grantor) or
	// grantee. If Grantee parameter is true, then the Account value is of the grantor.
	Account *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster to access.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// Indicates whether to check authorization from a grantor or grantee point of
	// view. If true, Amazon Redshift returns endpoint authorizations that you've been
	// granted. If false (default), checks authorization from a grantor point of view.
	Grantee *bool

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeEndpointAuthorization request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// the MaxRecords parameter.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a Marker is
	// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationOutput added in v1.3.0 

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationOutput struct {

	// The authorizations to an endpoint.
	EndpointAuthorizationList []types.EndpointAuthorization

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeEndpointAuthorization request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// the MaxRecords parameter.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator added in v1.5.0 

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator is a paginator for DescribeEndpointAuthorization

func NewDescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator added in v1.5.0 

func NewDescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator(client DescribeEndpointAuthorizationAPIClient, params *DescribeEndpointAuthorizationInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator

NewDescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator returns a new DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator

func (*DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.5.0 

func (p *DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator) NextPage added in v1.5.0 

func (p *DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEndpointAuthorizationOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeEndpointAuthorization page.

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginatorOptions added in v1.5.0 

type DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a Marker is
	// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeEndpointAuthorizationPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeEndpointAuthorization

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput 

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {

	// The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the described
	// event categories apply. Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot,
	// cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and scheduled-action.
	SourceType *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput 

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {

	// A list of event categories descriptions.
	EventCategoriesMapList []types.EventCategoriesMap

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeEventSubscriptions(context.Context, *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeEventSubscriptionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeEventSubscriptions request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be described.
	SubscriptionName *string

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching event notification
	// subscriptions that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example,
	// suppose that you have subscriptions that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the subscriptions that have either or both of
	// these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching event
	// notification subscriptions that are associated with the specified tag value or
	// values. For example, suppose that you have subscriptions that are tagged with
	// values called admin and test . If you specify both of these tag values in the
	// request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subscriptions that have
	// either or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {

	// A list of event subscriptions.
	EventSubscriptionsList []types.EventSubscription

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeEventSubscriptions

func NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator(client DescribeEventSubscriptionsAPIClient, params *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator

NewDescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator returns a new DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeEventSubscriptions page.

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeEventSubscriptionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeEventSubscriptions

type DescribeEventsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeEventsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeEvents(context.Context, *DescribeEventsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error)
}

DescribeEventsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeEvents operation.

type DescribeEventsInput 

type DescribeEventsInput struct {

	// The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to retrieve
	// events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you specify a duration
	// of 60, then only events which have occurred after 17:00 will be returned.
	// Default: 60
	Duration *int32

	// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeEvents request exceed the value
	// specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by
	// providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If this
	// parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the response.
	// Constraints: If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//   - Specify a cluster identifier when SourceType is cluster .
	//   - Specify a cluster security group name when SourceType is
	//   cluster-security-group .
	//   - Specify a cluster parameter group name when SourceType is
	//   cluster-parameter-group .
	//   - Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when SourceType is cluster-snapshot .
	SourceIdentifier *string

	// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
	// are returned. Constraints: If SourceType is supplied, SourceIdentifier must also
	// be provided.
	//   - Specify cluster when SourceIdentifier is a cluster identifier.
	//   - Specify cluster-security-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster security
	//   group name.
	//   - Specify cluster-parameter-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster parameter
	//   group name.
	//   - Specify cluster-snapshot when SourceIdentifier is a cluster snapshot
	//   identifier.
	SourceType types.SourceType

	// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEventsOutput 

type DescribeEventsOutput struct {

	// A list of Event instances.
	Events []types.Event

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeEventsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeEventsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEventsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeEvents

func NewDescribeEventsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeEventsPaginator(client DescribeEventsAPIClient, params *DescribeEventsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeEventsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeEventsPaginator

NewDescribeEventsPaginator returns a new DescribeEventsPaginator

func (*DescribeEventsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeEventsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeEventsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeEventsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeEvents page.

type DescribeEventsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeEventsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeEventsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeEvents

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeHsmClientCertificates(context.Context, *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, error)
}

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation.

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput struct {

	// The identifier of a specific HSM client certificate for which you want
	// information. If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM
	// client certificates owned by your Amazon Web Services account.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client
	// certificates that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example,
	// suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with keys called
	// owner and environment . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request,
	// Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have
	// either or both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM client
	// certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For
	// example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with
	// values called admin and test . If you specify both of these tag values in the
	// request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates
	// that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput struct {

	// A list of the identifiers for one or more HSM client certificates used by
	// Amazon Redshift clusters to store and retrieve database encryption keys in an
	// HSM.
	HsmClientCertificates []types.HsmClientCertificate

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeHsmClientCertificates

func NewDescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator(client DescribeHsmClientCertificatesAPIClient, params *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator

NewDescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator returns a new DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeHsmClientCertificates page.

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeHsmClientCertificates

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeHsmConfigurations(context.Context, *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeHsmConfigurationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeHsmConfigurations operation.

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The identifier of a specific Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be described.
	// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM
	// configurations owned by your Amazon Web Services account.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmConfigurations request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
	// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
	// you have HSM configurations that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either or both
	// of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM
	// configurations that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For
	// example, suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with values
	// called admin and test . If you specify both of these tag values in the request,
	// Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
	// or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// A list of HsmConfiguration objects.
	HsmConfigurations []types.HsmConfiguration

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeHsmConfigurations

func NewDescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator(client DescribeHsmConfigurationsAPIClient, params *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator

NewDescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator returns a new DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeHsmConfigurations page.

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeHsmConfigurationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeHsmConfigurations

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsAPIClient added in v1.32.0 

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeInboundIntegrations(context.Context, *DescribeInboundIntegrationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInboundIntegrationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeInboundIntegrationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeInboundIntegrations operation.

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsInput added in v1.32.0 

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the inbound integration.
	IntegrationArn *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeInboundIntegrations request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target of an inbound integration.
	TargetArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsOutput added in v1.32.0 

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsOutput struct {

	// A list of InboundIntegration instances.
	InboundIntegrations []types.InboundIntegration

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator added in v1.32.0 

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeInboundIntegrations

func NewDescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator added in v1.32.0 

func NewDescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator(client DescribeInboundIntegrationsAPIClient, params *DescribeInboundIntegrationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator

NewDescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator returns a new DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator

func (*DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.32.0 

func (p *DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.32.0 

func (p *DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInboundIntegrationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeInboundIntegrations page.

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginatorOptions added in v1.32.0 

type DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeInboundIntegrationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeInboundIntegrations

type DescribeLoggingStatusInput 

type DescribeLoggingStatusInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status. Example:
	// examplecluster
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeLoggingStatusOutput 

type DescribeLoggingStatusOutput struct {

	// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
	BucketName *string

	// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureMessage *string

	// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureTime *time.Time

	// The last time that logs were delivered.
	LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime *time.Time

	// The log destination type. An enum with possible values of s3 and cloudwatch .
	LogDestinationType types.LogDestinationType

	// The collection of exported log types. Possible values are connectionlog ,
	// useractivitylog , and userlog .
	LogExports []string

	// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
	LoggingEnabled *bool

	// The prefix applied to the log file names.
	S3KeyPrefix *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of logging for a cluster.

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions(context.Context, *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions operation.

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput struct {

	// The action type to evaluate for possible node configurations. Specify
	// "restore-cluster" to get configuration combinations based on an existing
	// snapshot. Specify "recommend-node-config" to get configuration recommendations
	// based on an existing cluster or snapshot. Specify "resize-cluster" to get
	// configuration combinations for elastic resize based on an existing cluster.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ActionType types.ActionType

	// The identifier of the cluster to evaluate for possible node configurations.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// A set of name, operator, and value items to filter the results.
	Filters []types.NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions
	// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a
	// value in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter
	// and retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 500
	// Constraints: minimum 100, maximum 500.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The Amazon Web Services account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required
	// if you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the
	// snapshot.
	OwnerAccount *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot associated with the message to
	// describe node configuration.
	SnapshotArn *string

	// The identifier of the snapshot to evaluate for possible node configurations.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of valid node configurations.
	NodeConfigurationOptionList []types.NodeConfigurationOption

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions

func NewDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator(client DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsAPIClient, params *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator

NewDescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator returns a new DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator

func (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions page.

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 500
	// Constraints: minimum 100, maximum 500.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeOrderableClusterOptions(context.Context, *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation.

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput struct {

	// The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified version. Default: All versions. Constraints:
	// Must be one of the version returned from DescribeClusterVersions .
	ClusterVersion *string

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The node type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified node type.
	NodeType *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// An OrderableClusterOption structure containing information about orderable
	// options for the cluster.
	OrderableClusterOptions []types.OrderableClusterOption

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions action.

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeOrderableClusterOptions

func NewDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator(client DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsAPIClient, params *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator

NewDescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator returns a new DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeOrderableClusterOptions page.

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeOrderableClusterOptions

type DescribePartnersInput added in v1.5.0 

type DescribePartnersInput struct {

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the cluster.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccountId *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster whose partner integration is being
	// described.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The name of the database whose partner integration is being described. If
	// database name is not specified, then all databases in the cluster are described.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partner that is being described. If partner name is not
	// specified, then all partner integrations are described.
	PartnerName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribePartnersOutput added in v1.5.0 

type DescribePartnersOutput struct {

	// A list of partner integrations.
	PartnerIntegrationInfoList []types.PartnerIntegrationInfo

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsAPIClient added in v1.37.0 

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeRedshiftIdcApplications(context.Context, *DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsOutput, error)
}

DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeRedshiftIdcApplications operation.

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsInput added in v1.37.0 

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsInput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The ARN for the Redshift application that integrates with IAM Identity Center.
	RedshiftIdcApplicationArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsOutput added in v1.37.0 

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// The list of Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center applications.
	RedshiftIdcApplications []types.RedshiftIdcApplication

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeRedshiftIdcApplications

func NewDescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

func NewDescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator(client DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsAPIClient, params *DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator

NewDescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator returns a new DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator

func (*DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.37.0 

func (p *DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.37.0 

func (p *DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeRedshiftIdcApplications page.

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginatorOptions added in v1.37.0 

type DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeRedshiftIdcApplicationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeRedshiftIdcApplications

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusAPIClient added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusAPIClient interface {
	DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus(context.Context, *DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusOutput, error)
}

DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus operation.

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusInput added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusInput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus request. If this parameter is specified, the
	// response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by
	// the MaxRecords parameter. You can retrieve the next set of response records by
	// providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The identifier of the reserved-node exchange request.
	ReservedNodeExchangeRequestId *string

	// The identifier of the source reserved node in a reserved-node exchange request.
	ReservedNodeId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusOutput added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusOutput struct {

	// A pagination token provided by a previous DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// The details of the reserved-node exchange request, including the status,
	// request time, source reserved-node identifier, and additional details.
	ReservedNodeExchangeStatusDetails []types.ReservedNodeExchangeStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator is a paginator for DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus

func NewDescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator added in v1.16.0 

func NewDescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator(client DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusAPIClient, params *DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator

NewDescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator returns a new DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator

func (*DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.16.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator) NextPage added in v1.16.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus page.

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginatorOptions added in v1.16.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatusPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeReservedNodeExchangeStatus

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeReservedNodeOfferings(context.Context, *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, error)
}

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation.

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The unique identifier for the offering.
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
	ReservedNodeOfferings []types.ReservedNodeOffering

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeReservedNodeOfferings

func NewDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator(client DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsAPIClient, params *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator

NewDescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator returns a new DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator

func (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeReservedNodeOfferings page.

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeReservedNodeOfferings

type DescribeReservedNodesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedNodesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeReservedNodes(context.Context, *DescribeReservedNodesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, error)
}

DescribeReservedNodesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeReservedNodes operation.

type DescribeReservedNodesInput 

type DescribeReservedNodesInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodes request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// Identifier for the node reservation.
	ReservedNodeId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeReservedNodesOutput 

type DescribeReservedNodesOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// The list of ReservedNode objects.
	ReservedNodes []types.ReservedNode

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeReservedNodesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedNodesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeReservedNodesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeReservedNodes

func NewDescribeReservedNodesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeReservedNodesPaginator(client DescribeReservedNodesAPIClient, params *DescribeReservedNodesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeReservedNodesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeReservedNodesPaginator

NewDescribeReservedNodesPaginator returns a new DescribeReservedNodesPaginator

func (*DescribeReservedNodesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedNodesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeReservedNodesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeReservedNodesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeReservedNodes page.

type DescribeReservedNodesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeReservedNodesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeReservedNodesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeReservedNodes

type DescribeResizeInput 

type DescribeResizeInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are requesting.
	// This parameter is case-sensitive. By default, resize operations for all clusters
	// defined for an Amazon Web Services account are returned.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeResizeOutput 

type DescribeResizeOutput struct {

	// The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, measured in
	// megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, this value shows the
	// average rate of the entire resize operation.
	AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64

	// The percent of data transferred from source cluster to target cluster.
	DataTransferProgressPercent *float64

	// The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began. After
	// the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual time, in
	// seconds, for the resize operation.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64

	// The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is
	// complete. This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and the
	// estimated amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize operation is
	// complete, this value will be 0.
	EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64

	// The names of tables that have been completely imported . Valid Values: List of
	// table names.
	ImportTablesCompleted []string

	// The names of tables that are being currently imported. Valid Values: List of
	// table names.
	ImportTablesInProgress []string

	// The names of tables that have not been yet imported. Valid Values: List of
	// table names
	ImportTablesNotStarted []string

	// An optional string to provide additional details about the resize action.
	Message *string

	// While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current amount
	// of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the resize operation
	// is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, in megabytes, on the
	// cluster, which may be more or less than TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the
	// estimated total amount of data before resize).
	ProgressInMegaBytes *int64

	// An enum with possible values of ClassicResize and ElasticResize . These values
	// describe the type of resize operation being performed.
	ResizeType *string

	// The status of the resize operation. Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED |
	// SUCCEEDED | CANCELLING
	Status *string

	// The cluster type after the resize operation is complete. Valid Values:
	// multi-node | single-node
	TargetClusterType *string

	// The type of encryption for the cluster after the resize is complete. Possible
	// values are KMS and None .
	TargetEncryptionType *string

	// The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete.
	TargetNodeType *string

	// The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation is
	// complete.
	TargetNumberOfNodes *int32

	// The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before the
	// resize operation began.
	TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes *int64

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.

type DescribeScheduledActionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeScheduledActionsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeScheduledActions(context.Context, *DescribeScheduledActionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, error)
}

DescribeScheduledActionsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeScheduledActions operation.

type DescribeScheduledActionsInput 

type DescribeScheduledActionsInput struct {

	// If true, retrieve only active scheduled actions. If false, retrieve only
	// disabled scheduled actions.
	Active *bool

	// The end time in UTC of the scheduled action to retrieve. Only active scheduled
	// actions that have invocations before this time are retrieved.
	EndTime *time.Time

	// List of scheduled action filters.
	Filters []types.ScheduledActionFilter

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeScheduledActions request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The name of the scheduled action to retrieve.
	ScheduledActionName *string

	// The start time in UTC of the scheduled actions to retrieve. Only active
	// scheduled actions that have invocations after this time are retrieved.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// The type of the scheduled actions to retrieve.
	TargetActionType types.ScheduledActionTypeValues
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeScheduledActionsOutput 

type DescribeScheduledActionsOutput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeScheduledActions request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// List of retrieved scheduled actions.
	ScheduledActions []types.ScheduledAction

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeScheduledActionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeScheduledActionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeScheduledActionsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeScheduledActions

func NewDescribeScheduledActionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeScheduledActionsPaginator(client DescribeScheduledActionsAPIClient, params *DescribeScheduledActionsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeScheduledActionsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeScheduledActionsPaginator

NewDescribeScheduledActionsPaginator returns a new DescribeScheduledActionsPaginator

func (*DescribeScheduledActionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeScheduledActionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeScheduledActionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeScheduledActionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeScheduledActions page.

type DescribeScheduledActionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeScheduledActionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeScheduledActionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeScheduledActions

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants(context.Context, *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput, error)
}

DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants operation.

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request. Constraints: You can specify either the
	// SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that are
	// associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have
	// resources tagged with keys called owner and environment . If you specify both of
	// these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all
	// resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources that
	// are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose that you
	// have resources tagged with values called admin and test . If you specify both of
	// these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all
	// resources that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants action.

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value
	// in the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request. Constraints: You can specify either the
	// SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string

	// The list of SnapshotCopyGrant objects.
	SnapshotCopyGrants []types.SnapshotCopyGrant

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants

func NewDescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator(client DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsAPIClient, params *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator

NewDescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator returns a new DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants page.

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesAPIClient interface {
	DescribeSnapshotSchedules(context.Context, *DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput, error)
}

DescribeSnapshotSchedulesAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeSnapshotSchedules operation.

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput 

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the cluster whose snapshot schedules you want to view.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// A unique identifier for a snapshot schedule.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string

	// The key value for a snapshot schedule tag.
	TagKeys []string

	// The value corresponding to the key of the snapshot schedule tag.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput 

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of SnapshotSchedules.
	SnapshotSchedules []types.SnapshotSchedule

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator is a paginator for DescribeSnapshotSchedules

func NewDescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator(client DescribeSnapshotSchedulesAPIClient, params *DescribeSnapshotSchedulesInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator

NewDescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator returns a new DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator

func (*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotSchedulesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeSnapshotSchedules page.

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeSnapshotSchedulesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeSnapshotSchedules

type DescribeStorageInput 

type DescribeStorageInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeStorageOutput 

type DescribeStorageOutput struct {

	// The total amount of storage currently used for snapshots.
	TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64

	// The total amount of storage currently provisioned.
	TotalProvisionedStorageInMegaBytes *float64

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTableRestoreStatus(context.Context, *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput, error)
}

DescribeTableRestoreStatusAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTableRestoreStatus operation.

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput struct {

	// The Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored to.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeTableRestoreStatus
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you don't
	// specify a TableRestoreRequestId value, then DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns
	// the status of all in-progress table restore requests.
	TableRestoreRequestId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput struct {

	// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeTableRestoreStatus
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of status details for one or more table restore requests.
	TableRestoreStatusDetails []types.TableRestoreStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTableRestoreStatus

func NewDescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator(client DescribeTableRestoreStatusAPIClient, params *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator

NewDescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator returns a new DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator

func (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTableRestoreStatus page.

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist
	// than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is
	// included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTableRestoreStatusPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTableRestoreStatus

type DescribeTagsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTagsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeTags(context.Context, *DescribeTagsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error)
}

DescribeTagsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeTags operation.

type DescribeTagsInput 

type DescribeTagsInput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or tags.
	// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-2:123456789:cluster:t1 .
	ResourceName *string

	// The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource types
	// are:
	//   - Cluster
	//   - CIDR/IP
	//   - EC2 security group
	//   - Snapshot
	//   - Cluster security group
	//   - Subnet group
	//   - HSM connection
	//   - HSM certificate
	//   - Parameter group
	//   - Snapshot copy grant
	// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
	// ARNs, go to Specifying Policy Elements: Actions, Effects, Resources, and
	// Principals (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-overview.html#redshift-iam-access-control-specify-actions)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ResourceType *string

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that are
	// associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that you have
	// resources tagged with keys called owner and environment . If you specify both of
	// these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all
	// resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources that
	// are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose that you
	// have resources tagged with values called admin and test . If you specify both of
	// these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with all
	// resources that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTagsOutput 

type DescribeTagsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of tags with their associated resources.
	TaggedResources []types.TaggedResource

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeTagsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTagsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeTagsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeTags

func NewDescribeTagsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeTagsPaginator(client DescribeTagsAPIClient, params *DescribeTagsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeTagsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeTagsPaginator

NewDescribeTagsPaginator returns a new DescribeTagsPaginator

func (*DescribeTagsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTagsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeTagsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeTagsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeTags page.

type DescribeTagsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeTagsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeTagsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeTags

type DescribeUsageLimitsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeUsageLimitsAPIClient interface {
	DescribeUsageLimits(context.Context, *DescribeUsageLimitsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeUsageLimitsOutput, error)
}

DescribeUsageLimitsAPIClient is a client that implements the DescribeUsageLimits operation.

type DescribeUsageLimitsInput 

type DescribeUsageLimitsInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster for which you want to describe usage limits.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The feature type for which you want to describe usage limits.
	FeatureType types.UsageLimitFeatureType

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeUsageLimits request exceed the
	// value specified in MaxRecords , Amazon Web Services returns a value in the
	// Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the
	// request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching usage limit objects
	// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
	// you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called owner and environment
	// . If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with the usage limit objects have either or both of these tag keys
	// associated with them.
	TagKeys []string

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching usage limit
	// objects that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values called admin
	// and test . If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the usage limit objects that have either or
	// both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []string

	// The identifier of the usage limit to describe.
	UsageLimitId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeUsageLimitsOutput 

type DescribeUsageLimitsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// Contains the output from the DescribeUsageLimits action.
	UsageLimits []types.UsageLimit

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DescribeUsageLimitsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeUsageLimitsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeUsageLimitsPaginator is a paginator for DescribeUsageLimits

func NewDescribeUsageLimitsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewDescribeUsageLimitsPaginator(client DescribeUsageLimitsAPIClient, params *DescribeUsageLimitsInput, optFns ...func(*DescribeUsageLimitsPaginatorOptions)) *DescribeUsageLimitsPaginator

NewDescribeUsageLimitsPaginator returns a new DescribeUsageLimitsPaginator

func (*DescribeUsageLimitsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeUsageLimitsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*DescribeUsageLimitsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *DescribeUsageLimitsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeUsageLimitsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next DescribeUsageLimits page.

type DescribeUsageLimitsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type DescribeUsageLimitsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value. Default: 100
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

DescribeUsageLimitsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for DescribeUsageLimits

type DisableLoggingInput 

type DisableLoggingInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped. Example:
	// examplecluster
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableLoggingOutput 

type DisableLoggingOutput struct {

	// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
	BucketName *string

	// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureMessage *string

	// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureTime *time.Time

	// The last time that logs were delivered.
	LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime *time.Time

	// The log destination type. An enum with possible values of s3 and cloudwatch .
	LogDestinationType types.LogDestinationType

	// The collection of exported log types. Possible values are connectionlog ,
	// useractivitylog , and userlog .
	LogExports []string

	// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
	LoggingEnabled *bool

	// The prefix applied to the log file names.
	S3KeyPrefix *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of logging for a cluster.

type DisableSnapshotCopyInput 

type DisableSnapshotCopyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable copying of
	// snapshots to a destination region. Constraints: Must be the valid name of an
	// existing cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisableSnapshotCopyOutput 

type DisableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateDataShareConsumerInput added in v1.10.0 

type DisassociateDataShareConsumerInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare to remove association for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataShareArn *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the consumer namespace that association for
	// the datashare is removed from.
	ConsumerArn *string

	// From a datashare consumer account, removes association of a datashare from all
	// the existing and future namespaces in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
	ConsumerRegion *string

	// A value that specifies whether association for the datashare is removed from
	// the entire account.
	DisassociateEntireAccount *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DisassociateDataShareConsumerOutput added in v1.10.0 

type DisassociateDataShareConsumerOutput struct {

	// A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
	// accessible cluster.
	AllowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare that the consumer is to use.
	DataShareArn *string

	// A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between producer
	// and data consumers.
	DataShareAssociations []types.DataShareAssociation

	// The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
	ManagedBy *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer namespace.
	ProducerArn *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableLoggingInput 

type EnableLoggingInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started. Example:
	// examplecluster
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored.
	// Constraints:
	//   - Must be in the same region as the cluster
	//   - The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions
	BucketName *string

	// The log destination type. An enum with possible values of s3 and cloudwatch .
	LogDestinationType types.LogDestinationType

	// The collection of exported log types. Possible values are connectionlog ,
	// useractivitylog , and userlog .
	LogExports []string

	// The prefix applied to the log file names. Constraints:
	//   - Cannot exceed 512 characters
	//   - Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("), single quotes ('), a backslash
	//   (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for invalid characters are:
	//   - x00 to x20
	//   - x22
	//   - x27
	//   - x5c
	//   - x7f or larger
	S3KeyPrefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableLoggingOutput 

type EnableLoggingOutput struct {

	// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
	BucketName *string

	// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureMessage *string

	// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureTime *time.Time

	// The last time that logs were delivered.
	LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime *time.Time

	// The log destination type. An enum with possible values of s3 and cloudwatch .
	LogDestinationType types.LogDestinationType

	// The collection of exported log types. Possible values are connectionlog ,
	// useractivitylog , and userlog .
	LogExports []string

	// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
	LoggingEnabled *bool

	// The prefix applied to the log file names.
	S3KeyPrefix *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of logging for a cluster.

type EnableSnapshotCopyInput 

type EnableSnapshotCopyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from.
	// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not already
	// have cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The destination Amazon Web Services Region that you want to copy snapshots to.
	// Constraints: Must be the name of a valid Amazon Web Services Region. For more
	// information, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region)
	// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DestinationRegion *string

	// The number of days to retain newly copied snapshots in the destination Amazon
	// Web Services Region after they are copied from the source Amazon Web Services
	// Region. If the value is -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. The
	// value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
	// after they are copied from the source region. Default: 7. Constraints: Must be
	// at least 1 and no more than 35.
	RetentionPeriod *int32

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant to use when snapshots of an Amazon Web
	// Services KMS-encrypted cluster are copied to the destination region.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableSnapshotCopyOutput 

type EnableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EndpointParameters added in v1.29.0 

type EndpointParameters struct {
	// The AWS region used to dispatch the request.
	//
	// Parameter is
	// required.
	//
	// AWS::Region
	Region *string

	// When true, use the dual-stack endpoint. If the configured endpoint does not
	// support dual-stack, dispatching the request MAY return an error.
	//
	// Defaults to
	// false if no value is provided.
	//
	// AWS::UseDualStack
	UseDualStack *bool

	// When true, send this request to the FIPS-compliant regional endpoint. If the
	// configured endpoint does not have a FIPS compliant endpoint, dispatching the
	// request will return an error.
	//
	// Defaults to false if no value is
	// provided.
	//
	// AWS::UseFIPS
	UseFIPS *bool

	// Override the endpoint used to send this request
	//
	// Parameter is
	// required.
	//
	// SDK::Endpoint
	Endpoint *string
}

EndpointParameters provides the parameters that influence how endpoints are resolved.

func (EndpointParameters) ValidateRequired added in v1.29.0 

func (p EndpointParameters) ValidateRequired() error

ValidateRequired validates required parameters are set.

func (EndpointParameters) WithDefaults added in v1.29.0 

func (p EndpointParameters) WithDefaults() EndpointParameters

WithDefaults returns a shallow copy of EndpointParameterswith default values applied to members where applicable.

type EndpointResolver 

type EndpointResolver interface {
	ResolveEndpoint(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)
}

EndpointResolver interface for resolving service endpoints.

func EndpointResolverFromURL added in v1.1.0 

func EndpointResolverFromURL(url string, optFns ...func(*aws.Endpoint)) EndpointResolver

EndpointResolverFromURL returns an EndpointResolver configured using the provided endpoint url. By default, the resolved endpoint resolver uses the client region as signing region, and the endpoint source is set to EndpointSourceCustom.You can provide functional options to configure endpoint values for the resolved endpoint.

type EndpointResolverFunc 

type EndpointResolverFunc func(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)

EndpointResolverFunc is a helper utility that wraps a function so it satisfies the EndpointResolver interface. This is useful when you want to add additional endpoint resolving logic, or stub out specific endpoints with custom values.

func (EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint 

func (fn EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (endpoint aws.Endpoint, err error)

type EndpointResolverOptions added in v0.29.0 

type EndpointResolverOptions = internalendpoints.Options

EndpointResolverOptions is the service endpoint resolver options

type EndpointResolverV2 added in v1.29.0 

type EndpointResolverV2 interface {
	// ResolveEndpoint attempts to resolve the endpoint with the provided options,
	// returning the endpoint if found. Otherwise an error is returned.
	ResolveEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params EndpointParameters) (
		smithyendpoints.Endpoint, error,
	)
}

EndpointResolverV2 provides the interface for resolving service endpoints.

func NewDefaultEndpointResolverV2 added in v1.29.0 

func NewDefaultEndpointResolverV2() EndpointResolverV2

type FailoverPrimaryComputeInput added in v1.35.0 

type FailoverPrimaryComputeInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster for which the primary compute unit will be
	// failed over to another Availability Zone.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type FailoverPrimaryComputeOutput added in v1.35.0 

type FailoverPrimaryComputeOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetClusterCredentialsInput 

type GetClusterCredentialsInput struct {

	// The name of a database user. If a user name matching DbUser exists in the
	// database, the temporary user credentials have the same permissions as the
	// existing user. If DbUser doesn't exist in the database and Autocreate is True ,
	// a new user is created using the value for DbUser with PUBLIC permissions. If a
	// database user matching the value for DbUser doesn't exist and Autocreate is
	// False , then the command succeeds but the connection attempt will fail because
	// the user doesn't exist in the database. For more information, see CREATE USER (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_CREATE_USER.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. Constraints:
	//   - Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. The user name can't be
	//   PUBLIC .
	//   - Must contain uppercase or lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus
	//   sign, period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
	//   - Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//   Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//   in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DbUser *string

	// Create a database user with the name specified for the user named in DbUser if
	// one does not exist.
	AutoCreate *bool

	// The unique identifier of the cluster that contains the database for which you
	// are requesting credentials. This parameter is case sensitive.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The custom domain name for the cluster credentials.
	CustomDomainName *string

	// A list of the names of existing database groups that the user named in DbUser
	// will join for the current session, in addition to any group memberships for an
	// existing user. If not specified, a new user is added only to PUBLIC. Database
	// group name constraints
	//   - Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//   - Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign, period
	//   (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
	//   - Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//   Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//   in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	DbGroups []string

	// The name of a database that DbUser is authorized to log on to. If DbName is not
	// specified, DbUser can log on to any existing database. Constraints:
	//   - Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//   - Must contain uppercase or lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus
	//   sign, period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
	//   - Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//   Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//   in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	DbName *string

	// The number of seconds until the returned temporary password expires.
	// Constraint: minimum 900, maximum 3600. Default: 900
	DurationSeconds *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The request parameters to get cluster credentials.

type GetClusterCredentialsOutput 

type GetClusterCredentialsOutput struct {

	// A temporary password that authorizes the user name returned by DbUser to log on
	// to the database DbName .
	DbPassword *string

	// A database user name that is authorized to log on to the database DbName using
	// the password DbPassword . If the specified DbUser exists in the database, the
	// new user name has the same database permissions as the the user named in DbUser.
	// By default, the user is added to PUBLIC. If the DbGroups parameter is specifed,
	// DbUser is added to the listed groups for any sessions created using these
	// credentials.
	DbUser *string

	// The date and time the password in DbPassword expires.
	Expiration *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Temporary credentials with authorization to log on to an Amazon Redshift database.

type GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMInput added in v1.25.0 

type GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster that contains the database for which you
	// are requesting credentials.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The custom domain name for the IAM message cluster credentials.
	CustomDomainName *string

	// The name of the database for which you are requesting credentials. If the
	// database name is specified, the IAM policy must allow access to the resource
	// dbname for the specified database name. If the database name is not specified,
	// access to all databases is allowed.
	DbName *string

	// The number of seconds until the returned temporary password expires. Range:
	// 900-3600. Default: 900.
	DurationSeconds *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMOutput added in v1.25.0 

type GetClusterCredentialsWithIAMOutput struct {

	// A temporary password that you provide when you connect to a database.
	DbPassword *string

	// A database user name that you provide when you connect to a database. The
	// database user is mapped 1:1 to the source IAM identity.
	DbUser *string

	// The time (UTC) when the temporary password expires. After this timestamp, a log
	// in with the temporary password fails.
	Expiration *time.Time

	// Reserved for future use.
	NextRefreshTime *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsAPIClient added in v1.16.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsAPIClient interface {
	GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions(context.Context, *GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsOutput, error)
}

GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions operation.

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsInput added in v1.16.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsInput struct {

	// The action type of the reserved-node configuration. The action type can be an
	// exchange initiated from either a snapshot or a resize.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ActionType types.ReservedNodeExchangeActionType

	// The identifier for the cluster that is the source for a reserved-node exchange.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous
	// GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions request. If this parameter is
	// specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value
	// specified by the MaxRecords parameter. You can retrieve the next set of
	// response records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter
	// and retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The identifier for the snapshot that is the source for the reserved-node
	// exchange.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsOutput added in v1.16.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsOutput struct {

	// A pagination token provided by a previous
	// GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions request.
	Marker *string

	// the configuration options for the reserved-node exchange. These options include
	// information about the source reserved node and target reserved node. Details
	// include the node type, the price, the node count, and the offering type.
	ReservedNodeConfigurationOptionList []types.ReservedNodeConfigurationOption

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator added in v1.16.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator is a paginator for GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions

func NewGetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator added in v1.16.0 

func NewGetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator(client GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsAPIClient, params *GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginatorOptions)) *GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator

NewGetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator returns a new GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator

func (*GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.16.0 

func (p *GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.16.0 

func (p *GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions page.

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginatorOptions added in v1.16.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetReservedNodeExchangeConfigurationOptions

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsAPIClient interface {
	GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings(context.Context, *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput, error)
}

GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings operation.

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput struct {

	// A string representing the node identifier for the DC1 Reserved Node to be
	// exchanged.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedNodeId *string

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of
	// ReservedNodeOfferings.
	Marker *string

	// An integer setting the maximum number of ReservedNodeOfferings to retrieve.
	MaxRecords *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point for returning a set of
	// response records. When the results of a GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings
	// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, Amazon Redshift returns a
	// value in the marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// response records by providing the returned marker value in the marker parameter
	// and retrying the request.
	Marker *string

	// Returns an array of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
	ReservedNodeOfferings []types.ReservedNodeOffering

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator is a paginator for GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings

func NewGetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator(client GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsAPIClient, params *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginatorOptions)) *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator

NewGetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator returns a new GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator

func (*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings page.

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// An integer setting the maximum number of ReservedNodeOfferings to retrieve.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferingsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetReservedNodeExchangeOfferings

type GetResourcePolicyInput added in v1.32.0 

type GetResourcePolicyInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource of which its resource policy is
	// fetched.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetResourcePolicyOutput added in v1.32.0 

type GetResourcePolicyOutput struct {

	// The content of the resource policy.
	ResourcePolicy *types.ResourcePolicy

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type HTTPClient 

type HTTPClient interface {
	Do(*http.Request) (*http.Response, error)
}

type HTTPSignerV4 

type HTTPSignerV4 interface {
	SignHTTP(ctx context.Context, credentials aws.Credentials, r *http.Request, payloadHash string, service string, region string, signingTime time.Time, optFns ...func(*v4.SignerOptions)) error
}

type ListRecommendationsAPIClient added in v1.40.0 

type ListRecommendationsAPIClient interface {
	ListRecommendations(context.Context, *ListRecommendationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListRecommendationsOutput, error)
}

ListRecommendationsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListRecommendations operation.

type ListRecommendationsInput added in v1.40.0 

type ListRecommendationsInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster for which the list of
	// Advisor recommendations is returned. If the neither the cluster identifier and
	// the cluster namespace ARN parameters are specified, then recommendations for all
	// clusters in the account are returned.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int32

	// The Amazon Redshift cluster namespace Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which the
	// list of Advisor recommendations is returned. If the neither the cluster
	// identifier and the cluster namespace ARN parameters are specified, then
	// recommendations for all clusters in the account are returned.
	NamespaceArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListRecommendationsOutput added in v1.40.0 

type ListRecommendationsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string

	// The Advisor recommendations for action on the Amazon Redshift cluster.
	Recommendations []types.Recommendation

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListRecommendationsPaginator added in v1.40.0 

type ListRecommendationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListRecommendationsPaginator is a paginator for ListRecommendations

func NewListRecommendationsPaginator added in v1.40.0 

func NewListRecommendationsPaginator(client ListRecommendationsAPIClient, params *ListRecommendationsInput, optFns ...func(*ListRecommendationsPaginatorOptions)) *ListRecommendationsPaginator

NewListRecommendationsPaginator returns a new ListRecommendationsPaginator

func (*ListRecommendationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.40.0 

func (p *ListRecommendationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListRecommendationsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.40.0 

func (p *ListRecommendationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRecommendationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListRecommendations page.

type ListRecommendationsPaginatorOptions added in v1.40.0 

type ListRecommendationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number of
	// remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value is
	// returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of
	// records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListRecommendationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListRecommendations

type ModifyAquaConfigurationInput added in v1.4.0 

type ModifyAquaConfigurationInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster to be modified.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// This parameter is retired. Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether to
	// use AQUA (Advanced Query Accelerator).
	AquaConfigurationStatus types.AquaConfigurationStatus
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyAquaConfigurationOutput added in v1.4.0 

type ModifyAquaConfigurationOutput struct {

	// This parameter is retired. Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether to
	// use AQUA (Advanced Query Accelerator).
	AquaConfiguration *types.AquaConfiguration

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyAuthenticationProfileInput added in v1.9.0 

type ModifyAuthenticationProfileInput struct {

	// The new content of the authentication profile in JSON format. The maximum
	// length of the JSON string is determined by a quota for your account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationProfileContent *string

	// The name of the authentication profile to replace.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationProfileName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyAuthenticationProfileOutput added in v1.9.0 

type ModifyAuthenticationProfileOutput struct {

	// The updated content of the authentication profile in JSON format.
	AuthenticationProfileContent *string

	// The name of the authentication profile that was replaced.
	AuthenticationProfileName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput 

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of a cluster whose database revision you want to modify.
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The identifier of the database revision. You can retrieve this value from the
	// response to the DescribeClusterDbRevisions request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RevisionTarget *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionOutput 

type ModifyClusterDbRevisionOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput 

type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to associate or
	// disassociate IAM roles.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// Zero or more IAM roles to associate with the cluster. The roles must be in
	// their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format.
	AddIamRoles []string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that was set as default for the
	// cluster when the cluster was last modified.
	DefaultIamRoleArn *string

	// Zero or more IAM roles in ARN format to disassociate from the cluster.
	RemoveIamRoles []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput 

type ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterInput 

type ModifyClusterInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified. Example: examplecluster
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// If true , major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster
	// during the maintenance window. Default: false
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0,
	// automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you
	// can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot . If
	// you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current value,
	// existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention period will
	// be immediately deleted. You can't disable automated snapshots for RA3 node
	// types. Set the automated retention period from 1-35 days. Default: Uses existing
	// setting. Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// The option to initiate relocation for an Amazon Redshift cluster to the target
	// Availability Zone.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The option to enable relocation for an Amazon Redshift cluster between
	// Availability Zones after the cluster modification is complete.
	AvailabilityZoneRelocation *bool

	// The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change
	// is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster use
	// RebootCluster . Default: Uses existing setting. Constraints: The cluster
	// parameter group must be in the same parameter group family that matches the
	// cluster version.
	ClusterParameterGroupName *string

	// A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This change
	// is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Security groups currently
	// associated with the cluster, and not in the list of groups to apply, will be
	// revoked from the cluster. Constraints:
	//   - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//   - First character must be a letter
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	ClusterSecurityGroups []string

	// The new cluster type. When you submit your cluster resize request, your
	// existing cluster goes into a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a
	// new cluster based on your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period
	// while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new
	// cluster. You can use DescribeResize to track the progress of the resize
	// request. Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
	ClusterType *string

	// The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to. For major
	// version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is currently in use,
	// a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter group family for the new
	// version must be specified. The new cluster parameter group can be the default
	// for that cluster parameter group family. For more information about parameters
	// and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Example: 1.0
	ClusterVersion *string

	// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Constraints: The cluster must be
	// provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible through an Internet gateway. For
	// more information about provisioning clusters in EC2-VPC, go to Supported
	// Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ElasticIp *string

	// Indicates whether the cluster is encrypted. If the value is encrypted (true)
	// and you provide a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, we encrypt the cluster with
	// the provided KmsKeyId . If you don't provide a KmsKeyId , we encrypt with the
	// default key. If the value is not encrypted (false), then the cluster is
	// decrypted.
	Encrypted *bool

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster
	// must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is true ,
	// enhanced VPC routing is enabled. Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information the
	// Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string

	// The IP address types that the cluster supports. Possible values are ipv4 and
	// dualstack .
	IpAddressType *string

	// The Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you want to
	// use to encrypt data in the cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// The name for the maintenance track that you want to assign for the cluster.
	// This name change is asynchronous. The new track name stays in the
	// PendingModifiedValues for the cluster until the next maintenance window. When
	// the maintenance track changes, the cluster is switched to the latest cluster
	// release available for the maintenance track. At this point, the maintenance
	// track name is applied.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string

	// If true , Amazon Redshift uses Secrets Manager to manage this cluster's admin
	// credentials. You can't use MasterUserPassword if ManageMasterPassword is true.
	// If ManageMasterPassword is false or not set, Amazon Redshift uses
	// MasterUserPassword for the admin user account's password.
	ManageMasterPassword *bool

	// The default for number of days that a newly created manual snapshot is
	// retained. If the value is -1, the manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. This
	// value doesn't retroactively change the retention periods of existing manual
	// snapshots. The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and 3,653. The
	// default value is -1.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// The ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) key used to encrypt and store the
	// cluster's admin credentials secret. You can only use this parameter if
	// ManageMasterPassword is true.
	MasterPasswordSecretKmsKeyId *string

	// The new password for the cluster admin user. This change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion
	// of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the
	// PendingModifiedValues element of the operation response. You can't use
	// MasterUserPassword if ManageMasterPassword is true . Operations never return the
	// password, so this operation provides a way to regain access to the admin user
	// account for a cluster if the password is lost. Default: Uses existing setting.
	// Constraints:
	//   - Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
	//   - Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
	//   - Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
	//   - Must contain one number.
	//   - Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33-126) except ' (single
	//   quote), " (double quote), \ , / , or @ .
	MasterUserPassword *string

	// If true and the cluster is currently only deployed in a single Availability
	// Zone, the cluster will be modified to be deployed in two Availability Zones.
	MultiAZ *bool

	// The new identifier for the cluster. Constraints:
	//   - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//   - Must be unique for all clusters within an Amazon Web Services account.
	// Example: examplecluster
	NewClusterIdentifier *string

	// The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you must also
	// specify the number of nodes parameter. For more information about resizing
	// clusters, go to Resizing Clusters in Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/rs-resize-tutorial.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Valid Values: ds2.xlarge |
	// ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large | dc1.8xlarge | dc2.large | dc2.8xlarge | ra3.xlplus |
	// ra3.4xlarge | ra3.16xlarge
	NodeType *string

	// The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of nodes,
	// you must also specify the node type parameter. For more information about
	// resizing clusters, go to Resizing Clusters in Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/rs-resize-tutorial.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Valid Values: Integer greater
	// than 0 .
	NumberOfNodes *int32

	// The option to change the port of an Amazon Redshift cluster. Valid Values:
	//   - For clusters with ra3 nodes - Select a port within the ranges 5431-5455 or
	//   8191-8215 . (If you have an existing cluster with ra3 nodes, it isn't required
	//   that you change the port to these ranges.)
	//   - For clusters with ds2 or dc2 nodes - Select a port within the range
	//   1150-65535 .
	Port *int32

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, if
	// necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it may result
	// in an outage. This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new
	// maintenance window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120
	// minutes between the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that
	// pending changes are applied. Default: Uses existing setting. Format:
	// ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example wed:07:30-wed:08:00 . Valid Days: Mon | Tue
	// | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string

	// If true , the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only clusters in
	// VPCs can be set to be publicly available.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool

	// A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the
	// cluster. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput 

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the cluster.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// A boolean indicating whether to enable the deferred maintenance window.
	DeferMaintenance *bool

	// An integer indicating the duration of the maintenance window in days. If you
	// specify a duration, you can't specify an end time. The duration must be 45 days
	// or less.
	DeferMaintenanceDuration *int32

	// A timestamp indicating end time for the deferred maintenance window. If you
	// specify an end time, you can't specify a duration.
	DeferMaintenanceEndTime *time.Time

	// A unique identifier for the deferred maintenance window.
	DeferMaintenanceIdentifier *string

	// A timestamp indicating the start time for the deferred maintenance window.
	DeferMaintenanceStartTime *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceOutput 

type ModifyClusterMaintenanceOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterOutput 

type ModifyClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput 

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the parameter group to be modified.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ParameterGroupName *string

	// An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be
	// modified in a single request. For each parameter to be modified, you must supply
	// at least the parameter name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the
	// parameter are optional. For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you
	// must supply all the name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Parameters []types.Parameter
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a modify cluster parameter group operation.

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	ParameterGroupName *string

	// The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a
	// parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a reboot of an
	// associated cluster.
	ParameterGroupStatus *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterSnapshotInput 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the snapshot whose setting you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string

	// A Boolean option to override an exception if the retention period has already
	// passed.
	Force *bool

	// The number of days that a manual snapshot is retained. If the value is -1, the
	// manual snapshot is retained indefinitely. If the manual snapshot falls outside
	// of the new retention period, you can specify the force option to immediately
	// delete the snapshot. The value must be either -1 or an integer between 1 and
	// 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterSnapshotOutput 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *types.Snapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the cluster whose snapshot schedule you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// A boolean to indicate whether to remove the assoiciation between the cluster
	// and the schedule.
	DisassociateSchedule *bool

	// A unique alphanumeric identifier for the schedule that you want to associate
	// with the cluster.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleOutput 

type ModifyClusterSnapshotScheduleOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput 

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the subnet group to be modified.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string

	// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a single
	// request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubnetIds []string

	// A text description of the subnet group to be modified.
	Description *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput 

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a subnet group.
	ClusterSubnetGroup *types.ClusterSubnetGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyCustomDomainAssociationInput added in v1.28.0 

type ModifyCustomDomainAssociationInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster to change a custom domain association for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The certificate Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the changed custom domain
	// association.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CustomDomainCertificateArn *string

	// The custom domain name for a changed custom domain association.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CustomDomainName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyCustomDomainAssociationOutput added in v1.28.0 

type ModifyCustomDomainAssociationOutput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster associated with the result for the changed custom
	// domain association.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The certificate expiration time associated with the result for the changed
	// custom domain association.
	CustomDomainCertExpiryTime *string

	// The certificate Amazon Resource Name (ARN) associated with the result for the
	// changed custom domain association.
	CustomDomainCertificateArn *string

	// The custom domain name associated with the result for the changed custom domain
	// association.
	CustomDomainName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyEndpointAccessInput added in v1.3.0 

type ModifyEndpointAccessInput struct {

	// The endpoint to be modified.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EndpointName *string

	// The complete list of VPC security groups associated with the endpoint after the
	// endpoint is modified.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyEndpointAccessOutput added in v1.3.0 

type ModifyEndpointAccessOutput struct {

	// The DNS address of the endpoint.
	Address *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster associated with the endpoint.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The time (UTC) that the endpoint was created.
	EndpointCreateTime *time.Time

	// The name of the endpoint.
	EndpointName *string

	// The status of the endpoint.
	EndpointStatus *string

	// The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
	Port *int32

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the cluster.
	ResourceOwner *string

	// The subnet group name where Amazon Redshift chooses to deploy the endpoint.
	SubnetGroupName *string

	// The connection endpoint for connecting to an Amazon Redshift cluster through
	// the proxy.
	VpcEndpoint *types.VpcEndpoint

	// The security groups associated with the endpoint.
	VpcSecurityGroups []types.VpcSecurityGroupMembership

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a Redshift-managed VPC endpoint.

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SubscriptionName *string

	// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. true indicates the
	// subscription is enabled
	Enabled *bool

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
	// notification subscription. Values: configuration, management, monitoring,
	// security, pending
	EventCategories []string

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
	// notification subscription. Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic to be used by the event
	// notification subscription.
	SnsTopicArn *string

	// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All of the
	// objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type parameter.
	// The event subscription will return only events generated by the specified
	// objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects within the
	// source type specified. Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2 Example:
	// my-snapshot-20131010
	SourceIds []string

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you want
	// to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this parameter to
	// cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned for all Amazon
	// Redshift objects in your Amazon Web Services account. You must specify a source
	// type in order to specify source IDs. Valid values: cluster,
	// cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, cluster-snapshot, and
	// scheduled-action.
	SourceType *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Describes event subscriptions.
	EventSubscription *types.EventSubscription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyRedshiftIdcApplicationInput added in v1.37.0 

type ModifyRedshiftIdcApplicationInput struct {

	// The ARN for the Redshift application that integrates with IAM Identity Center.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RedshiftIdcApplicationArn *string

	// The authorized token issuer list for the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center
	// application to change.
	AuthorizedTokenIssuerList []types.AuthorizedTokenIssuer

	// The IAM role ARN associated with the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center
	// application to change. It has the required permissions to be assumed and invoke
	// the IDC Identity Center API.
	IamRoleArn *string

	// The display name for the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center application to
	// change. It appears on the console.
	IdcDisplayName *string

	// The namespace for the Amazon Redshift IAM Identity Center application to
	// change. It determines which managed application verifies the connection token.
	IdentityNamespace *string

	// A collection of service integrations associated with the application.
	ServiceIntegrations []types.ServiceIntegrationsUnion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyRedshiftIdcApplicationOutput added in v1.37.0 

type ModifyRedshiftIdcApplicationOutput struct {

	// Contains properties for the Redshift IDC application.
	RedshiftIdcApplication *types.RedshiftIdcApplication

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyScheduledActionInput 

type ModifyScheduledActionInput struct {

	// The name of the scheduled action to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduledActionName *string

	// A modified enable flag of the scheduled action. If true, the scheduled action
	// is active. If false, the scheduled action is disabled.
	Enable *bool

	// A modified end time of the scheduled action. For more information about this
	// parameter, see ScheduledAction .
	EndTime *time.Time

	// A different IAM role to assume to run the target action. For more information
	// about this parameter, see ScheduledAction .
	IamRole *string

	// A modified schedule in either at( ) or cron( ) format. For more information
	// about this parameter, see ScheduledAction .
	Schedule *string

	// A modified description of the scheduled action.
	ScheduledActionDescription *string

	// A modified start time of the scheduled action. For more information about this
	// parameter, see ScheduledAction .
	StartTime *time.Time

	// A modified JSON format of the scheduled action. For more information about this
	// parameter, see ScheduledAction .
	TargetAction *types.ScheduledActionType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyScheduledActionOutput 

type ModifyScheduledActionOutput struct {

	// The end time in UTC when the schedule is no longer active. After this time, the
	// scheduled action does not trigger.
	EndTime *time.Time

	// The IAM role to assume to run the scheduled action. This IAM role must have
	// permission to run the Amazon Redshift API operation in the scheduled action.
	// This IAM role must allow the Amazon Redshift scheduler (Principal
	// scheduler.redshift.amazonaws.com) to assume permissions on your behalf. For more
	// information about the IAM role to use with the Amazon Redshift scheduler, see
	// Using Identity-Based Policies for Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	IamRole *string

	// List of times when the scheduled action will run.
	NextInvocations []time.Time

	// The schedule for a one-time (at format) or recurring (cron format) scheduled
	// action. Schedule invocations must be separated by at least one hour. Format of
	// at expressions is " at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss) ". For example, "
	// at(2016-03-04T17:27:00) ". Format of cron expressions is " cron(Minutes Hours
	// Day-of-month Month Day-of-week Year) ". For example, " cron(0 10 ? * MON *) ".
	// For more information, see Cron Expressions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/ScheduledEvents.html#CronExpressions)
	// in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
	Schedule *string

	// The description of the scheduled action.
	ScheduledActionDescription *string

	// The name of the scheduled action.
	ScheduledActionName *string

	// The start time in UTC when the schedule is active. Before this time, the
	// scheduled action does not trigger.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// The state of the scheduled action. For example, DISABLED .
	State types.ScheduledActionState

	// A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input
	// parameters. "
	// {\"ResizeCluster\":{\"NodeType\":\"ds2.8xlarge\",\"ClusterIdentifier\":\"my-test-cluster\",\"NumberOfNodes\":3}}
	// ".
	TargetAction *types.ScheduledActionType

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a scheduled action. You can use a scheduled action to trigger some Amazon Redshift API operations on a schedule. For information about which API operations can be scheduled, see ScheduledActionType .

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput 

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the retention
	// period for either automated or manual snapshots that are copied to a destination
	// Amazon Web Services Region. Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing
	// cluster that has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination Amazon Web
	// Services Region after they are copied from the source Amazon Web Services
	// Region. By default, this only changes the retention period of copied automated
	// snapshots. If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are
	// copied to a destination Amazon Web Services Region, Amazon Redshift deletes any
	// existing automated snapshots that were copied to the destination Amazon Web
	// Services Region and that fall outside of the new retention period. Constraints:
	// Must be at least 1 and no more than 35 for automated snapshots. If you specify
	// the manual option, only newly copied manual snapshots will have the new
	// retention period. If you specify the value of -1 newly copied manual snapshots
	// are retained indefinitely. Constraints: The number of days must be either -1 or
	// an integer between 1 and 3,653 for manual snapshots.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RetentionPeriod *int32

	// Indicates whether to apply the snapshot retention period to newly copied manual
	// snapshots instead of automated snapshots.
	Manual *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput 

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySnapshotScheduleInput 

type ModifySnapshotScheduleInput struct {

	// An updated list of schedule definitions. A schedule definition is made up of
	// schedule expressions, for example, "cron(30 12 *)" or "rate(12 hours)".
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduleDefinitions []string

	// A unique alphanumeric identifier of the schedule to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifySnapshotScheduleOutput 

type ModifySnapshotScheduleOutput struct {

	// The number of clusters associated with the schedule.
	AssociatedClusterCount *int32

	// A list of clusters associated with the schedule. A maximum of 100 clusters is
	// returned.
	AssociatedClusters []types.ClusterAssociatedToSchedule

	//
	NextInvocations []time.Time

	// A list of ScheduleDefinitions.
	ScheduleDefinitions []string

	// The description of the schedule.
	ScheduleDescription *string

	// A unique identifier for the schedule.
	ScheduleIdentifier *string

	// An optional set of tags describing the schedule.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a snapshot schedule. You can set a regular interval for creating snapshots of a cluster. You can also schedule snapshots for specific dates.

type ModifyUsageLimitInput 

type ModifyUsageLimitInput struct {

	// The identifier of the usage limit to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	UsageLimitId *string

	// The new limit amount. For more information about this parameter, see UsageLimit .
	Amount *int64

	// The new action that Amazon Redshift takes when the limit is reached. For more
	// information about this parameter, see UsageLimit .
	BreachAction types.UsageLimitBreachAction
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ModifyUsageLimitOutput 

type ModifyUsageLimitOutput struct {

	// The limit amount. If time-based, this amount is in minutes. If data-based, this
	// amount is in terabytes (TB).
	Amount *int64

	// The action that Amazon Redshift takes when the limit is reached. Possible
	// values are:
	//   - log - To log an event in a system table. The default is log.
	//   - emit-metric - To emit CloudWatch metrics.
	//   - disable - To disable the feature until the next usage period begins.
	BreachAction types.UsageLimitBreachAction

	// The identifier of the cluster with a usage limit.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The Amazon Redshift feature to which the limit applies.
	FeatureType types.UsageLimitFeatureType

	// The type of limit. Depending on the feature type, this can be based on a time
	// duration or data size.
	LimitType types.UsageLimitLimitType

	// The time period that the amount applies to. A weekly period begins on Sunday.
	// The default is monthly .
	Period types.UsageLimitPeriod

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// The identifier of the usage limit.
	UsageLimitId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a usage limit object for a cluster.

type Options 

type Options struct {
	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// The optional application specific identifier appended to the User-Agent header.
	AppID string

	// This endpoint will be given as input to an EndpointResolverV2. It is used for
	// providing a custom base endpoint that is subject to modifications by the
	// processing EndpointResolverV2.
	BaseEndpoint *string

	// Configures the events that will be sent to the configured logger.
	ClientLogMode aws.ClientLogMode

	// The credentials object to use when signing requests.
	Credentials aws.CredentialsProvider

	// The configuration DefaultsMode that the SDK should use when constructing the
	// clients initial default settings.
	DefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode

	// The endpoint options to be used when attempting to resolve an endpoint.
	EndpointOptions EndpointResolverOptions

	// The service endpoint resolver.
	//
	// Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a
	// value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related
	// service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and
	// BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom
	// endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead.
	EndpointResolver EndpointResolver

	// Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be
	// used over the deprecated EndpointResolver.
	EndpointResolverV2 EndpointResolverV2

	// Signature Version 4 (SigV4) Signer
	HTTPSignerV4 HTTPSignerV4

	// The logger writer interface to write logging messages to.
	Logger logging.Logger

	// The region to send requests to. (Required)
	Region string

	// RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call
	// an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and
	// will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify
	// per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's
	// functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's
	// Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific
	// RetryMaxAttempts value.
	RetryMaxAttempts int

	// RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if
	// Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this
	// member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will
	// be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call
	// overrides, may in the future.
	RetryMode aws.RetryMode

	// Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable
	// failures. When nil the API client will use a default retryer. The kind of
	// default retry created by the API client can be changed with the RetryMode
	// option.
	Retryer aws.Retryer

	// The RuntimeEnvironment configuration, only populated if the DefaultsMode is set
	// to DefaultsModeAuto and is initialized using config.LoadDefaultConfig . You
	// should not populate this structure programmatically, or rely on the values here
	// within your applications.
	RuntimeEnvironment aws.RuntimeEnvironment

	// The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP
	// implementation if nil.
	HTTPClient HTTPClient

	// The auth scheme resolver which determines how to authenticate for each
	// operation.
	AuthSchemeResolver AuthSchemeResolver

	// The list of auth schemes supported by the client.
	AuthSchemes []smithyhttp.AuthScheme
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (Options) Copy 

func (o Options) Copy() Options

Copy creates a clone where the APIOptions list is deep copied.

func (Options) GetIdentityResolver added in v1.36.0 

func (o Options) GetIdentityResolver(schemeID string) smithyauth.IdentityResolver

type PauseClusterInput 

type PauseClusterInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster to be paused.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a pause cluster operation. For example, a scheduled action to run the PauseCluster API operation.

type PauseClusterOutput 

type PauseClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput 

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to purchase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string

	// The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase. Default: 1
	NodeCount *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput 

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput struct {

	// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API
	// to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
	ReservedNode *types.ReservedNode

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutResourcePolicyInput added in v1.32.0 

type PutResourcePolicyInput struct {

	// The content of the resource policy being updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Policy *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource of which its resource policy is
	// updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutResourcePolicyOutput added in v1.32.0 

type PutResourcePolicyOutput struct {

	// The content of the updated resource policy.
	ResourcePolicy *types.ResourcePolicy

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RebootClusterInput 

type RebootClusterInput struct {

	// The cluster identifier.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RebootClusterOutput 

type RebootClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectDataShareInput added in v1.10.0 

type RejectDataShareInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare to reject.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataShareArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RejectDataShareOutput added in v1.10.0 

type RejectDataShareOutput struct {

	// A value that specifies whether the datashare can be shared to a publicly
	// accessible cluster.
	AllowPubliclyAccessibleConsumers *bool

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the datashare that the consumer is to use.
	DataShareArn *string

	// A value that specifies when the datashare has an association between producer
	// and data consumers.
	DataShareAssociations []types.DataShareAssociation

	// The identifier of a datashare to show its managing entity.
	ManagedBy *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the producer namespace.
	ProducerArn *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput 

type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ParameterGroupName *string

	// An array of names of parameters to be reset. If ResetAllParameters option is
	// not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied. Constraints: A
	// maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request.
	Parameters []types.Parameter

	// If true , all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to their
	// default values. Default: true
	ResetAllParameters *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type ResetClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	ParameterGroupName *string

	// The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a
	// parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a reboot of an
	// associated cluster.
	ParameterGroupStatus *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResizeClusterInput 

type ResizeClusterInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the cluster to resize.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// A boolean value indicating whether the resize operation is using the classic
	// resize process. If you don't provide this parameter or set the value to false ,
	// the resize type is elastic.
	Classic *bool

	// The new cluster type for the specified cluster.
	ClusterType *string

	// The new node type for the nodes you are adding. If not specified, the cluster's
	// current node type is used.
	NodeType *string

	// The new number of nodes for the cluster. If not specified, the cluster's
	// current number of nodes is used.
	NumberOfNodes *int32

	// The identifier of the reserved node.
	ReservedNodeId *string

	// The identifier of the target reserved node offering.
	TargetReservedNodeOfferingId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a resize cluster operation. For example, a scheduled action to run the ResizeCluster API operation.

type ResizeClusterOutput 

type ResizeClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResolveEndpoint 

type ResolveEndpoint struct {
	Resolver EndpointResolver
	Options  EndpointResolverOptions
}

func (*ResolveEndpoint) HandleSerialize 

func (m *ResolveEndpoint) HandleSerialize(ctx context.Context, in middleware.SerializeInput, next middleware.SerializeHandler) (
	out middleware.SerializeOutput, metadata middleware.Metadata, err error,
)

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID 

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID() string

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput 

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the snapshot.
	// Constraints:
	//   - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//   - Must be unique for all clusters within an Amazon Web Services account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// Reserved.
	AdditionalInfo *string

	// If true , major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window to
	// the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster. Default: true
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool

	// This parameter is retired. It does not set the AQUA configuration status.
	// Amazon Redshift automatically determines whether to use AQUA (Advanced Query
	// Accelerator).
	AquaConfigurationStatus types.AquaConfigurationStatus

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is 0,
	// automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled, you
	// can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot . You
	// can't disable automated snapshots for RA3 node types. Set the automated
	// retention period from 1-35 days. Default: The value selected for the cluster
	// from which the snapshot was taken. Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster. Default: A
	// random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Example: us-east-2a
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The option to enable relocation for an Amazon Redshift cluster between
	// Availability Zones after the cluster is restored.
	AvailabilityZoneRelocation *bool

	// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. Default:
	// The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information about the
	// default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	// . Constraints:
	//   - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//   - First character must be a letter.
	//   - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	ClusterParameterGroupName *string

	// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster. Default: The
	// default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift. Cluster security groups only
	// apply to clusters outside of VPCs.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []string

	// The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored. A snapshot of
	// cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you must provide subnet
	// group name where you want the cluster restored.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that was set as default for the
	// cluster when the cluster was last modified while it was restored from a
	// snapshot.
	DefaultIamRoleArn *string

	// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster. Don't specify the Elastic IP
	// address for a publicly accessible cluster with availability zone relocation
	// turned on.
	ElasticIp *string

	// Enables support for restoring an unencrypted snapshot to a cluster encrypted
	// with Key Management Service (KMS) and a customer managed key.
	Encrypted *bool

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the cluster
	// must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. If this option is true ,
	// enhanced VPC routing is enabled. Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information the
	// Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string

	// A list of Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the
	// cluster to access other Amazon Web Services services. You must supply the IAM
	// roles in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. The maximum number of IAM
	// roles that you can associate is subject to a quota. For more information, go to
	// Quotas and limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	IamRoles []string

	// The IP address type for the cluster. Possible values are ipv4 and dualstack .
	IpAddressType *string

	// The Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that encrypts
	// data in the cluster restored from a shared snapshot. You can also provide the
	// key ID when you restore from an unencrypted snapshot to an encrypted cluster in
	// the same account. Additionally, you can specify a new KMS key ID when you
	// restore from an encrypted snapshot in the same account in order to change it. In
	// that case, the restored cluster is encrypted with the new KMS key ID.
	KmsKeyId *string

	// The name of the maintenance track for the restored cluster. When you take a
	// snapshot, the snapshot inherits the MaintenanceTrack value from the cluster.
	// The snapshot might be on a different track than the cluster that was the source
	// for the snapshot. For example, suppose that you take a snapshot of a cluster
	// that is on the current track and then change the cluster to be on the trailing
	// track. In this case, the snapshot and the source cluster are on different
	// tracks.
	MaintenanceTrackName *string

	// If true , Amazon Redshift uses Secrets Manager to manage the restored cluster's
	// admin credentials. If ManageMasterPassword is false or not set, Amazon Redshift
	// uses the admin credentials the cluster had at the time the snapshot was taken.
	ManageMasterPassword *bool

	// The default number of days to retain a manual snapshot. If the value is -1, the
	// snapshot is retained indefinitely. This setting doesn't change the retention
	// period of existing snapshots. The value must be either -1 or an integer between
	// 1 and 3,653.
	ManualSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int32

	// The ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) key used to encrypt and store the
	// cluster's admin credentials secret. You can only use this parameter if
	// ManageMasterPassword is true.
	MasterPasswordSecretKmsKeyId *string

	// If true, the snapshot will be restored to a cluster deployed in two
	// Availability Zones.
	MultiAZ *bool

	// The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with. Default: The
	// node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken. You can modify this
	// if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you can choose to restore into
	// another DS node type of the same size. For example, you can restore ds1.8xlarge
	// into ds2.8xlarge, or ds1.xlarge into ds2.xlarge. If you have a DC instance type,
	// you must restore into that same instance type and size. In other words, you can
	// only restore a dc1.large instance type into another dc1.large instance type or
	// dc2.large instance type. You can't restore dc1.8xlarge to dc2.8xlarge. First
	// restore to a dc1.8xlarge cluster, then resize to a dc2.8large cluster. For more
	// information about node types, see About Clusters and Nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-about-clusters-and-nodes)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	NodeType *string

	// The number of nodes specified when provisioning the restored cluster.
	NumberOfNodes *int32

	// The Amazon Web Services account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required
	// if you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the
	// snapshot.
	OwnerAccount *string

	// The port number on which the cluster accepts connections. Default: The same
	// port as the original cluster. Valid values: For clusters with ds2 or dc2 nodes,
	// must be within the range 1150 - 65535 . For clusters with ra3 nodes, must be
	// within the ranges 5431 - 5455 or 8191 - 8215 .
	Port *int32

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance can
	// occur. Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Default: The value selected for the
	// cluster from which the snapshot was taken. For more information about the time
	// blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
	// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu |
	// Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string

	// If true , the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool

	// The identifier of the target reserved node offering.
	ReservedNodeId *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot associated with the message to
	// restore from a cluster. You must specify this parameter or snapshotIdentifier ,
	// but not both.
	SnapshotArn *string

	// The name of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter is
	// required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element
	// that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string

	// The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This parameter
	// isn't case sensitive. You must specify this parameter or snapshotArn , but not
	// both. Example: my-snapshot-id
	SnapshotIdentifier *string

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot schedule.
	SnapshotScheduleIdentifier *string

	// The identifier of the target reserved node offering.
	TargetReservedNodeOfferingId *string

	// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with the
	// cluster. Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
	// VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput 

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput 

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster to restore the table to.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The name of the table to create as a result of the current request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NewTableName *string

	// The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must
	// have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the
	// ClusterIdentifier parameter.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string

	// The name of the source database that contains the table to restore from.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceDatabaseName *string

	// The name of the source table to restore from.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SourceTableName *string

	// Indicates whether name identifiers for database, schema, and table are case
	// sensitive. If true , the names are case sensitive. If false (default), the
	// names are not case sensitive.
	EnableCaseSensitiveIdentifier *bool

	// The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If you
	// do not specify a SourceSchemaName value, the default is public .
	SourceSchemaName *string

	// The name of the database to restore the table to.
	TargetDatabaseName *string

	// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
	TargetSchemaName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput 

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
	TableRestoreStatus *types.TableRestoreStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResumeClusterInput 

type ResumeClusterInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster to be resumed.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a resume cluster operation. For example, a scheduled action to run the ResumeCluster API operation.

type ResumeClusterOutput 

type ResumeClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string

	// The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid Classless
	// Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If CIDRIP is specified,
	// EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId cannot be provided.
	CIDRIP *string

	// The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If
	// EC2SecurityGroupName is specified, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId must also be
	// provided and CIDRIP cannot be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string

	// The Amazon Web Services account number of the owner of the security group
	// specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The Amazon Web Services access
	// key ID is not an acceptable value. If EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is specified,
	// EC2SecurityGroupName must also be provided. and CIDRIP cannot be provided.
	// Example: 111122223333
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Describes a security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroup *types.ClusterSecurityGroup

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeEndpointAccessInput added in v1.3.0 

type RevokeEndpointAccessInput struct {

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID whose access is to be revoked.
	Account *string

	// The cluster to revoke access from.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// Indicates whether to force the revoke action. If true, the Redshift-managed VPC
	// endpoints associated with the endpoint authorization are also deleted.
	Force *bool

	// The virtual private cloud (VPC) identifiers for which access is to be revoked.
	VpcIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeEndpointAccessOutput added in v1.3.0 

type RevokeEndpointAccessOutput struct {

	// Indicates whether all VPCs in the grantee account are allowed access to the
	// cluster.
	AllowedAllVPCs *bool

	// The VPCs allowed access to the cluster.
	AllowedVPCs []string

	// The time (UTC) when the authorization was created.
	AuthorizeTime *time.Time

	// The cluster identifier.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The status of the cluster.
	ClusterStatus *string

	// The number of Redshift-managed VPC endpoints created for the authorization.
	EndpointCount *int32

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the grantee of the cluster.
	Grantee *string

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the cluster owner.
	Grantor *string

	// The status of the authorization action.
	Status types.AuthorizationStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an endpoint authorization for authorizing Redshift-managed VPC endpoint access to a cluster across Amazon Web Services accounts.

type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput 

type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Web Services account that can no longer restore
	// the specified snapshot.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccountWithRestoreAccess *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot associated with the message to
	// revoke access.
	SnapshotArn *string

	// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter is
	// required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource element
	// that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string

	// The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput 

type RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *types.Snapshot

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RotateEncryptionKeyInput 

type RotateEncryptionKeyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the encryption
	// keys for. Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption
	// enabled.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RotateEncryptionKeyOutput 

type RotateEncryptionKeyOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *types.Cluster

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SnapshotAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type SnapshotAvailableWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SnapshotAvailableWaiter defines the waiters for SnapshotAvailable

func NewSnapshotAvailableWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewSnapshotAvailableWaiter(client DescribeClusterSnapshotsAPIClient, optFns ...func(*SnapshotAvailableWaiterOptions)) *SnapshotAvailableWaiter

NewSnapshotAvailableWaiter constructs a SnapshotAvailableWaiter.

func (*SnapshotAvailableWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *SnapshotAvailableWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SnapshotAvailableWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for SnapshotAvailable waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*SnapshotAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.14.0 

func (w *SnapshotAvailableWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*SnapshotAvailableWaiterOptions)) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for SnapshotAvailable waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type SnapshotAvailableWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type SnapshotAvailableWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	//
	// Passing options here is functionally equivalent to passing values to this
	// config's ClientOptions field that extend the inner client's APIOptions directly.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// Functional options to be passed to all operations invoked by this client.
	//
	// Function values that modify the inner APIOptions are applied after the waiter
	// config's own APIOptions modifiers.
	ClientOptions []func(*Options)

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// SnapshotAvailableWaiter will use default minimum delay of 15 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or
	// set to zero, SnapshotAvailableWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

SnapshotAvailableWaiterOptions are waiter options for SnapshotAvailableWaiter

type UpdatePartnerStatusInput added in v1.5.0 

type UpdatePartnerStatusInput struct {

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the cluster.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccountId *string

	// The cluster identifier of the cluster whose partner integration status is being
	// updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClusterIdentifier *string

	// The name of the database whose partner integration status is being updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partner whose integration status is being updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartnerName *string

	// The value of the updated status.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status types.PartnerIntegrationStatus

	// The status message provided by the partner.
	StatusMessage *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdatePartnerStatusOutput added in v1.5.0 

type UpdatePartnerStatusOutput struct {

	// The name of the database that receives data from the partner.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partner that is authorized to send data.
	PartnerName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
internal
endpoints

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.